SCM Series Specifications・How to Order・Dimensions (2MB)

Round shaped cylinder Double acting/single rod
SCM Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40/
CMK2
ø50/ø63/ø80/ø100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100
Actuation Double acting
SCA2
Working fluid Compressed air
Max. working pressureMPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
SCS2 Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar) 0.05 (≈7.3 psi, 0.5 bar)
Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CKV2 Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
With rubber cushion Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
CAV2/ Port size
With air cushion M5 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
COVP/N2
With rubber +1.4 +1.4 +2.3 +2.7
( to 1000) ( to 1500) ( to 1000), ( to 1500)
Stroke tolerance cushion 0 0 0 0
SSD2
mm With air +1.4 +1.4 +1.4 +1.8
( to 1000) ( to 1500) ( to 1000), ( to 1500) *1: ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for
cushion 0 0 0 0
SSG “No cushion” are the allowable absorbed
Working piston speed mm/s 30 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
energy on the non-specified side when an air
Cushion Either rubber cushion or air cushion can be selected. cushion is selected for the other side (“R”→
SSD Effective air cushion length mm 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 13.4 13.4 15.4 15.4 Head side, “H”→ Rod side).
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication) *2: ‌Without any cushion, this product cannot
CAT Allowable With rubber cushion 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8 absorb large energy generated by an external
load. Provide a shock absorber on the
absorbed With air cushion 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.7 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
outside.
MDC2 energy J Without cushion - - - - 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
Stroke
MVC Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
ø 20
SMG ø 25 1000
ø 32
MSD/ ø 40 25, 50, 75, 100, 125,
MSDG 10
ø 50 150, 200, 250, 300
ø 63 1500
FC*
ø 80
ø100 *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
STK
Number of installed switches and min. stroke (mm)
SRL3 Switch mounting method: Rail
Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRG3 Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
Bore size (mm) Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3 ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ø100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
*1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail
mounting position is different. Refer to page 345 for mounting position.
SM‑25
Switch mounting: Band
ShkAbs Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5

Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
Bore size (mm) Reed T0, T5 Reed T0, T5 Reed T0, T5 Reed T0, T5 Reed
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
FJ ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending
ø100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 70 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
232
SCM Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity 2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed 2-wire proximity CMK2
Item T1H/ T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/ T2YD (*4)
T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T1V T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV T2YDT CMA2
For programming Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable Dedicated for
Applications controller, relay, programmable
compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay controller SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VDC ±10%
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA SCA2
LED LED (Lit Red/green Red/green LED (Lit Yellow Red/green Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit LED
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON) (Lit when ON)
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or
CKV2
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : Max. load current: 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD
*4 : Switch for AC magnetic field (T2YD/T2YDT) cannot be used in DC magnetic field.
CAT
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight MDC2
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (Withswitch rail) per switch
ø 20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.01 0.012 0.007
MVC
ø 25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 0.016 0.007
SMG
ø 32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 Refer to the 0.018 0.02 0.007
ø 40 0.41 0.63 0.49 0.64 0.46 weight in the 0.03 0.032 0.007 MSD/
ø 50 0.77 1.25 1.11 1.17 0.91 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008 MSDG
ø 63 1.07 1.79 1.57 1.75 1.21 specifications. 0.052 0.054 0.009 FC*
ø 80 2.04 3.00 2.75 2.75 - 0.07 0.072 0.010
ø100 3.17 4.92 4.52 4.45 - 0.098 0.10 0.010 STK
Product weight when S = 0 mm.....................0.63 kg
SRL3
Additional weight when S = 100 mm.............0.032 x 100 = 0.32 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-LB-40B-100-T2H-D 10
Weight of 2 switches......................................0.018 x 2 = 0.036 kg
SRG3
Product weight.......................................................... 0.63 + 0.32 + 0.036 = 0.986 kg
SRM3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa SRT3
(mm) direction 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push − 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102 MRL2
ø20
Pull − 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102
Push − 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102 MRG2
ø25
Pull − 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102
Push − 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 SM‑25
ø32
Pull − 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push − 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103 ShkAbs
ø40
Pull − 1.06x102 1.58x102 2.11x102 3.17x102 4.22x102 5.28x102 6.33x102 7.39x102 8.44x102 9.50x102 1.06x103
Push 98.0 1.96x102 2.95x102 3.93x102 5.89x102 7.85x102 9.82x102 1.18x103 1.37x103 1.57x103 1.77x103 1.96x103 FJ
ø50
Pull 82.5 1.65x102 2.47x102 3.30x102 4.95x102 6.60x102 8.25x102 9.90x102 1.15x103 1.32x103 1.48x103 1.65x103
Push 1.56x102 3.12x102 4.68x102 6.23x102 9.35x102 1.25x103 1.56x103 1.87x103 2.18x103 2.49x103 2.81x103 3.12x103 FK
ø63
Pull 2.40x102 2.80x102 4.20x102 5.61x102 8.41x102 1.12x103 1.40x103 1.68x103 1.96x103 2.24x103 2.52x103 2.80x103
Push 2.51x102 5.03x102 7.54x102 1.01x103 1.51x103 2.01x103 2.51x103 3.02x103 3.52x103 4.02x103 4.52x103 5.03x103 Spd
ø80 Contr
Push 3.92x102 7.85x102 1.18x103 1.57x103 2.36x103 3.14x103 3.93x103 4.71x103 5.50x103 6.28x103 7.07x103 7.85x103
ø100 Ending
233
SCM Series
SCP*3
How to order Code Description
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM LB 40 B 100 J I 00 Basic
LB Axial foot
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange
CMA2 SCM LB 40 B 100 T2H D J I FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
SCM CB Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring incl.)
A Mounting TA Rod side trunnion
*1 TB Head side trunnion
SCG B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 ø20
SCA2 25 ø25
32 ø32
40 ø40
SCS2 50 ø50
63 ø63
CKV2 80 ø80
100 ø100
CAV2/ CPort thread
COVP/N2 C Port thread Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (made-to-order product) With air cushion: ø32 and over
SSD2 G G thread (made-to-order product) With air cushion: ø32 and over
D Cushion
SSG D Cushion B With two-sided air cushion
R Rod side air cushioned
H Head side air cushioned
SSD
D With two-sided rubber cushion
E Stroke (mm)
CAT E Stroke
Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 to ø32 10 to 1000
In 1 mm increments
MDC2 ø40 to ø100 10 to 1500
F Switch model No.
F Switch model No. Axial Radial
Reed Contact
Voltage Lead
MVC *4 Indicator
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*5 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
SMG T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
Precautions for model No. selection T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MSD/ T1H* T1V*
2-wire
MSDG *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
*2 : ‌If the product is supplied with bellows and the mounting T3H* T3V*
bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped assembled. 3-wire
FC* T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
*3 :‌R
‌ efer to page 232 for the number of installed
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
switches and the min. stroke. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
STK *4 : ‌Switches other than F Switch model No. are 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
also available. (Made to order) 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
SRL3 Refer to Ending Page 16 for details. T2YD* - 2-color LED
*5 : ‌T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size 2-wire
is from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting style is the
T2YDT* - for AC magnetic field
rail. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRG3
*6 : ‌The instantaneous max. temperature is the * Lead wire length
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 instantaneously contact the bellows. 3 3 m (option)
*7 : ‌Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 5 5 m (option)
specifications of rod end form. Switch quantity
SRT3 *8 : ‌“Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available
G
for the “Z” switch mounting.

G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
*9 : ‌“I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. H 1 on head side
MRL2 D 2
*10 : ‌Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if
assembling before shipment is necessary. T 3
MRG2 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
[Example of model No.] Switch mounting

H
H Switch mounting Blank Rail method
SM‑25
SCM-LB-40B-100-T2H-D-JI Z Band method
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting

I Option
I Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
A Mounting : Axial foot *2 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
B Bore size : ø40 mm *6 250°C 400°C
FJ L Bellows
C Port thread : Rc thread *8 Q Switch rail included at shipment
D Cushion : With two-sided air cushion M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
FK E Stroke : 100 mm P6 Copper and PTFE free
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m Accessory
Spd J
G Switch Quantity : 2 pcs. included J Accessory
Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Contr *9
H Switch mounting : Rail I Rod eye ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
I Option : B‌ ellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ending ● ●
J Accessory : Rod eye B1 Eye bracket
B2 Clevis bracket ● ● ● ● ● ●
234
SCM Series
How to order
How to order switch [Switch mounting: Band]
SCP*3
[Switch mounting: Rail] Switch body + mounting bracket set + band
Switch body + mounting rail set SCM T2H* 40 Z CMK2
SCM T0H* D 40 100
CMA2
Switch model No.
(Item F on page 234) SCM
Switch model No. Bore size
(Item F on page (Item B on Bore size
234) page 234) SCG
(Item B on page 234)
Switch quantity Stroke (*1)
(Item G on page 234) (Item E on page 234) Mounting bracket set + band SCA2
Mounting rail only
SCM Z 40 SCS2
SCM T 40 100
CKV2
Bore size
Mounting rail
(Item B on page 234) CAV2/
Bore size COVP/N2
(Item B on [Switch body only] SSD2
page 234)
Stroke (*1) SW T0H*
(Item E on page 234) (*2) SSG
Switch model No.

SSD
*1: Indicate X if the stroke exceeds 300 mm.
(Item F on page 234)
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment
CAT
length) will be included per switch.
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same
number of rails as that of applicable switches. MDC2
MVC
Clean-room specifications (Catalog No. CB-033SA) Specifications for rechargeable battery (Catalog No. CC-1226A) SMG
Anti-dust generation structure for use in cleanrooms Design compatible with rechargeable battery manufacturing process MSD/
MSDG
SCM -……………- P7* SCM -…- P4* FC*
SCM -……………- P5* * Contact CKD for details.
STK
SRL3
How to order mounting bracket
SRG3
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100
Mounting bracket SRM3
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SCM-LB-80 SCM-LB-100
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100 SRT3
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63 - -
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100 MRL2
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 - -
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. MRG2
*2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set.
SM‑25
Material of mounting bracket
Mounting Material ShkAbs
LB Steel
FA/FB Aluminum *2
FJ
TA/TB Steel
FK
CA Steel
CB Cast iron Spd
*1: ‌Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. Contr
However, it will be attached to the product if the product is the type with bellows and LB, FA, or TA mounting bracket, SCM-P with LB, FB or TB mounting
bracket, or SCM-R with LB, FB or TB mounting bracket. Ending
*2: The ø50 to ø100 material is steel.
235
SCM Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list (with rubber cushion)
ø20 to ø40
CMK2
CMA2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
ø50 to ø100
SSD2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 9 10 12 13 14 15
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy
9 Piston R
SRL3 ø20, ø25: Stainless steel Industrial chrome plating ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
2 Piston rod
ø32 to ø100: Steel 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
SRG3 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber

4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 12 Magnet Plastic
SRM3 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 13 Wear ring Polyacetal resin
6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy
14 Piston H
SRT3 7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 15 Head cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
MRL2 *1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
MRG2
Repair parts list
With rubber cushion
SM‑25
Bore size (mm) Kit No. Repair parts No.
ø 20 SCM-20DK
ShkAbs
ø 25 SCM-25DK
ø 32 SCM-32DK
FJ
ø 40 SCM-40DK
3 6 8 10 13
ø 50 SCM-50DK
FK
ø 63 SCM-63DK
Spd ø 80 SCM-80DK
Contr ø100 SCM-100DK
*1: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
Ending
236
SCM Series
Internal structure and parts list
Internal structure and parts list (with air cushion) SCP*3
ø20 to ø40
CMK2
17 16 21 20 19 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 22
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
ø50 to ø100 CAV2/

COVP/N2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 10 12 13 14 15 22
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks MSD/
MSDG
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 12 Magnet Plastic
ø20, ø25: Stainless steel 13 Wear ring Polyacetal resin FC*
2 Piston rod Industrial chrome plating
ø32 to ø100: Steel ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy
14 Piston H
3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting STK
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 15 Head cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 16 Needle gasket Nitrile rubber SRL3
6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 17 Holder gasket Nitrile rubber
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 18 Needle holder Aluminum alloy SRG3
8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 19 Lock nut Steel Nickeling
20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy 20 Needle Stainless steel SRM3
9 Piston R
ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting 21 Knob Aluminum alloy Chromate
10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber 22 Cushion packing Nitrile rubber/steel SRT3
11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber
*1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free. MRL2
MRG2
Repair parts list
With air cushion
SM‑25
ø 20 SCM-20BK
ShkAbs
ø 25 SCM-25BK
ø 32 SCM-32BK
*2 FJ
ø 40 SCM-40BK
3 6 8 10 13 16 17 22
ø 50 SCM-50BK
FK
ø 63 SCM-63BK
ø 80 SCM-80BK Spd
ø100 SCM-100BK Contr
*2: 8 is not supplied with ø50 to ø100. Ending
237
SCM Series
SCP*3
dimensions
Basic (00) ø20 to ø100 Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2 [With rubber cushion] MN (Width Across Flats)
CMA2
MO
X + stroke
SCM X + ℓ + stroke MC
A WF LL + stroke N
A WF + ℓ GB
C N GR RD HD GH
SCG A WF
8-DA 18 T QA 2-EE QB
b
øMM
C
øMM
SCA2
P
SD
øD
øs
øJ
ød
øJ
SCS2
XF + ℓ SD KK MO KK XF MA 4-MD MB
CKV2
Width Across Flats B
With bellows ø20/ø25
CAV2/ Piston rod area HD
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
[With air cushion]
SSD Switch mounting: Rail In the case of T2W, T3W
X + ℓ + stroke Air cushion

CAT Needle
A WF + ℓ 10°Eθ A WF EA EB 2-EE*
b
øMM
MDC2 C
)
ax
(M
øs
ød
MVC
EC
SMG XF + ℓ KK MO
MSD/ With bellows ø20/ø25

MSDG Piston rod area
FC* *1: Piping port (EE) of ø20 and ø25 is different. Refer to the dimensions (EE*) of the type with air cushion.
*2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
STK *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions
SRL3 Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE (Note) GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN MO N QA QB SD
ø 20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 2 12 10 14
SRG3 ø 25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 2 12 10 16.5
ø 32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 2 12 10 20
SRM3 ø 40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 2 13 12 26
ø 50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 13 12 55 M12 20 17 8 2 15 12 32
SRT3 ø 63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 13 12 69 M14 20 17 8 2 15 12 38
ø 80 40 32 37 89 M10 depth 22 Rc3/8 28 28 40 M22×1.5 108 − − 80 − 25 22 11 3 15 15 50
MRL2 ø100 40 41 37 110 M12 depth 22 Rc1/2 28 28 50 M26×1.5 108 − − 100 − 30 27 13 3 15 15 60
Code With bellows With air cushion Switch mounting: Rail
MRG2 EE* HD RD
Bore size (mm) T WF X XF b d s ℓ EA EB EC Eθ P GB
(Note) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W
SM‑25 ø 20 5 17 106 35 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 14 12 27 M5 30° 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
ø25 6 18 111 40 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 14 12 29.5 M5 30° 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
ShkAbs ø32 6 18 113 40 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 14 12 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
ø40 8 20 130 50 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 15 14 36.6 Rc1/8 20° 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
FJ ø50 11 23 150 58 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 15.5 43 Rc1/4 20° 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ø63 11 23 150 58 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 15.5 50 Rc1/4 20° 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
FK ø80 13 31 182 71 55 50 88.7 (stroke/4.3) + 14.5 20 20 58.5 Rc3/8 20° 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0
Spd ø100 16 31 182 71 56 60 109.7 (stroke/4.5) + 21 20 20 69 Rc1/2 20° 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5
Contr
Ending
238
SCM Series
Dimensions
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00) ø20 to ø100 · Switch mounting: Band
[With rubber cushion] CMK2
CMA2
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH SCM
8 RD HD
a b SCG
a b
SCA2
P1
P3
SCS2
10 10 CKV2
P2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
[With air cushion] · Switch mounting: Band SSD
GC GD CAT
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
8 RD HD
a
MDC2
a b b
MVC
P1
SMG
P3
MSD/
10
MSDG
10
P2
FC*
STK
*1: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED,
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. SRL3
*2: ‌For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
Code Switch mounting: Band
SRG3
GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) GH GR P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2, T3
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W SRM3
ø 20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 17 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø 25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 17 19 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
SRT3
ø 32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 17 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø 40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19 20 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
MRL2
ø 50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 22 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø 63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 22 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) MRG2
ø 80 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 28 28 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
ø100 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5 28 28 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°) SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
239
SCM Series
SCP*3
dimensions
Axial foot (LB)
CMK2 Switch mounting: Rail
LA + stroke
LS
LA + ℓ + stroke
CMA2 LR A WF LL + stroke
A WF + ℓ GB
C GR RD HD GH
18
8-DA QA 2-EE QB
SCM b
T
øMM
SCG
P
øs
øD
ød
SD
SCA2
LH
LT
KK
SCS2 LF + ℓ W 2-øLE W
4-øLD
SD Width Across Flats B
[With bellows ø20 to ø63] M LB LC LC LB M
CKV2 LX + stroke
LF
CAV2/ Dowel pin position Dowel pin position
COVP/N2 HD
SSD2
SSG In the case of

T2W, T3W
SSD LA + ℓ + stroke Switch mounting: Band
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
A WF + ℓ
CAT 7.9 RD HD
b a b
a b
MDC2
P1
P3
ød
MVC
10 10
SMG LF + ℓ P2
MSD/ [With bellows ø80/ø100]

MSDG
Code Axial foot (LB) Basic dimensions
FC* Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE (*1) GH GR KK LA LB LC LD LE LF LH LL LR LS LT LX M MM
ø 20 18 13 16 26 M4 Rc1/8 17 19 M8 109.8 15.1 7.1 5.7 4 28.9 20 69 32 44 3.2 45.2 2.6 8
STK ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 M 10 x 1.25 115.6 15.1 7.1 5.7 4 29.9 22 69 36 49 3.2 45.2 3.4 10
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 M 10 x 1.25 117.6 16.1 8.1 6.8 4 30.9 25 71 44 58 3.2 45.2 3.4 12
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 Rc1/8 19 20 M 14 x 1.5 135.2 16.6 9.1 6.8 4 33.4 30 78 54 71 3.2 51.2 4 16
SRL3
ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 Rc1/4 22 25 M 18 x 1.5 157.5 22 11 9 5 40.5 40 90 66 86 4.5 55 5 20
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 Rc1/4 22 25 M 18 x 1.5 157.5 22 13 11 5 40.5 45 90 82 106 4.5 55 5 20
SRG3 ø80 40 32 37 89 M10 Rc3/8 28 28 M 22 x 1.5 189.5 28.5 14 11 6 55 55 108 100 125 4.5 60 6 25
ø100 40 41 37 110 M12 Rc1/2 28 28 M 26 x 1.5 192 30 16 14 6 55 65 108 120 150 6 60 7 30
SRM3 Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
Bore size HD RD GD GC
QA QB SD T W WF b d s ℓ P GB
SRT3 (mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T2W
T3W
ø 20 12 10 14 5 10 17 30 30 25.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
MRL2 ø 25 12 10 16.5 6 10 18 35 30 30.7 (Stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
ø 32 12 10 20 6 10 18 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
ø 40 13 12 26 8 10 20 40 35 46.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRG2 ø 50 15 12 32 11 17.5 23 46 40 57.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ø 63 15 12 38 11 17.5 23 46 40 71.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
SM‑25 ø 80 15 15 50 13 20 31 55 50 − (Stroke/4.3) + 14.5 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0
ø100 15 15 60 16 20 31 56 60 − (Stroke/4.5) + 21 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5
ShkAbs Code
*1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion
Bore size HD RD
P1 P2 P3 Pθ are the same as those of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of
FJ (mm) T0/T5 T2,T3 T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T2W
T3W ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.)
ø 20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°) *2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
ø25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
FK *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
ø32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Spd ø40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Contr ø50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
ø80 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Ending
ø100 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
240
SCM Series
Double acting/single rod
dimensions SCP*3
Rod side flange (FA)
CMK2
Switch mounting: Rail X + stroke
FM
CMA2
X + ℓ + stroke A WF LL + stroke N
FL SCM
A WF + ℓ C N FT GR RD HD GH
4-øFD
SD 8-DA 2-EE QB
T QA
b SCG
øMM
SCA2
FM
SD
FL
øD
ød
øs
øJ
øJ
SCS2
KK CKV2
FF + ℓ Width Across Flats B FF FG + stroke
CAV2/
[With bellows ø20 to ø63] COVP/N2
HD
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
X + ℓ + stroke
In the case of T2W, T3W
A WF + ℓ GC GD MDC2
GR 30.5 30.5 GH (Pθ)
b RD HD 7.9
a b
MVC
b a
SMG
P1
ød
P3
MSD/
MSDG
10 10
P2 FC*
FF + ℓ
*1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those
of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.) STK
[With bellows ø80/ø100] *2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC
magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253. SRL3
Code Rod side flange (FA) Basic dimensions
Bore size
SRG3
A B C D DA EE (*1) FD FF FG FL FM FT GH GR J KK LL MM N QA QB SD T WF X
(mm)
ø 20 18 13 16 26 M4 Rc1/8 5.5 11 77 28 40 6 17 19 12 M8 69 8 2 12 10 14 5 17 106
SRM3
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 Rc1/8 5.5 11 78 32 44 7 17 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 69 10 2 12 10 16.5 6 18 111
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 Rc1/8 6.6 11 80 38 53 7 17 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 71 12 2 12 10 20 6 18 113
SRT3
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 Rc1/8 6.6 12 88 46 61 8 19 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 78 16 2 13 12 26 8 20 130
MRL2
ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 Rc1/4 9 14 101 58 76 9 22 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 2 15 12 32 11 23 150
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 Rc1/4 11 14 101 70 92 9 22 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 2 15 12 38 11 23 150
MRG2
ø80 40 32 37 89 M10 Rc3/8 11 20 122 82 104 11 28 28 40 M 22 x 1.5 108 25 3 15 15 50 13 31 182
ø100 40 41 37 110 M12 Rc1/2 13 17 125 100 128 14 28 28 50 M 26 x 1.5 108 30 3 15 15 60 16 31 182
SM‑25
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
Bore size HD RD GD GC HD RD
b d s ℓ T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ ShkAbs
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø 20 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3)+18.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
ø25 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FK
ø40 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
ø50 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°) Spd
ø63 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Contr
ø80 55 50 - (stroke/4.3) + 14.5 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
ø100 56 60 - (stroke/4.5) + 21 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Ending
241
SCM Series
SCP*3
dimensions
Head side flange FB
CMK2 Switch mounting: Rail
CMA2
FA + stroke
SCM WF FT
FM
FA + ℓ + stroke A LL + stroke N
FL
SCG A WF + ℓ C N GR RD HD GH
4-øFD
QA 2-EE
SD 8-DA
T QB
SCA2 b
øMM
SCS2
FM
FL
SD
øD
øJ
øJ
øs
ød
CKV2
CAV2/ KK
COVP/N2 FJ + ℓ + stroke Width Across Flats B FJ + stroke
SSD2 [With bellows]

HD
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2 GC GD In the case of T2W, T3W
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
MVC 7.9 RD HD
a b
a b
SMG
P1
P3
MSD/
MSDG
10 10
FC* P2
STK of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.)
*2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay,
AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRL3 *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
Code Rod side flange (FB) Basic dimensions
SRG3 Bore size
A B C D DA EE (*1) FA FD FJ FL FM FT GH GR J KK LL MM N QA QB SD T WF b
(mm)
SRM3 ø 20 18 13 16 26 M4 Rc1/8 112 5.5 92 28 40 6 17 19 12 M8 69 8 2 12 10 14 5 17 30
ø 25 22 17 20 31 M5 Rc1/8 118 5.5 94 32 44 7 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 2 12 10 16.5 6 18 35
SRT3 ø 32 22 17 20 38 M5 Rc1/8 120 6.6 96 38 53 7 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 2 12 10 20 6 18 31.5
ø 40 30 22 27 47 M6 Rc1/8 138 6.6 106 46 61 8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 2 13 12 26 8 20 40
MRL2
ø 50 35 27 32 58 M8 Rc1/4 159 9 122 58 76 9 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 2 15 12 32 11 23 46
ø 63 35 27 32 72 M10 Rc1/4 159 11 122 70 92 9 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 2 15 12 38 11 23 46
MRG2
ø 80 40 32 37 89 M10 Rc3/8 193 11 150 82 104 11 28 28 40 M22×1.5 108 25 3 15 15 50 13 31 55
ø100 40 41 37 110 M12 Rc1/2 196 13 153 100 128 14 28 28 50 M26×1.5 108 30 3 15 15 60 16 31 56
SM‑25
Bore size HD RD GD GC HD RD
ShkAbs d s ℓ T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø 20 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
ø25 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FK
ø40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Spd ø50 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Contr ø63 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
ø80 50 88.7 (stroke/4.3) + 14.5 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Ending ø100 60 109.7 (stroke/4.5) + 21 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
242
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
243
SCM Series
SCP*3
Dimensions (ø20 to ø63)
Eye bracket (CA) Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2
CA + stroke CN
CMA2 CA + ℓ + stroke A WF LL + stroke CI 0
CM −0.3
A WF + ℓ C 2 GR RD HD GH 2-EE GB
SCM CT
T QA QB 18
b R
8-DA
CE
SCG
øMM
SD ± 0.1
P
SCA2
øs
øD
ød
øJ
Q
KK
SCS2 CJ + ℓ + stroke CJ + stroke øCDe8(pin O.D.) SD ± 0.1
CKV2 [With bellows]

HD
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
Switch mounting: Band In the case of T2W, T3W
CAT GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
MDC2 7.9
RD HD
a b
a b b a
MVC
P1
P3
SMG
10 10
MSD/ P2
MSDG
FC* Code Eye bracket (CA) Basic dimensions

Bore size
STK A B C CA CD CE CT CI CJ CM CN D DA EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM Q
(mm)
ø20 18 13 16 129 8 11 3.2 10.8 100 29 38.6 26 M4 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 13
SRL3 ø25 22 17 20 138 10 13 3.2 12.8 103 33 42.6 31 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 15.5
ø32 22 17 20 145.5 12 15 4.5 15.5 108.5 40 54 38 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 19
SRG3 ø40 30 22 27 167.5 14 18 4.5 17.5 119.5 49 65 47 M6 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 23.5
ø50 35 27 32 192.5 16 20 6 19 137.5 60 79.6 58 M8 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 29
SRM3 ø63 35 27 32 199.5 18 22 8 22 142.5 74 97.8 72 M10 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 36
SRT3 Bore size HD RD GD GC
QA QB SD T WF b d s ℓ P GB T2W T2W T2W T2W
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
MRL2 ø20 12 10 14 5 17 30 30 25.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
ø25 12 10 16.5 6 18 35 30 30.7 (Stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
MRG2
ø32 12 10 20 6 18 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
ø40 13 12 26 8 20 40 35 46.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SM‑25
ø50 15 12 32 11 23 46 40 57.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ø63 15 12 38 11 23 46 40 71.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
Code Switch mounting: Band *1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion
Bore size HD RD are the same as those of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of
FJ P1 P2 P3 Pθ ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.)
(mm) T0/T5 T2,T3 T2W T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
*2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
ø20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
ø25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
Spd ø32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr ø40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
ø50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Ending ø63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
244
SCM Series
Dimensions
Dimensions (ø20 to ø63) SCP*3
Eye bracket (CA) with bracket (option code B2)
CMK2
Switch mounting: Rail
CK + stroke CM CMA2
CK + ℓ + stroke A WF LL + stroke CI
WF + ℓ 2-EE GB CT
A C 2 GR RD HD GH 8-DA SCM
T QA QB 18
b
SCG
øMM
P
SCA2
øD
ød
øJ
øs
C0
CT
CP
KK SCS2
CJ + ℓ + stroke CH
CS
CKV2
CG CR
[With bellows]
CJ + stroke
CQ ø CW +0.05
0
CAV2/
4-øCV
COVP/N2
SSD2
HD
SSG
SSD
GC GD CAT
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
RD HD In the case of T2W, T3W MDC2
7.9
a b
a b b a
MVC
P1
P3
SMG
10 10 MSD/
P2 MSDG
Code Eye bracket (CA) with bracket (option code B2) Basic dimensions FC*
Bore size EE
A B C CG CH CI CJ CK CM CO CP CQ CR CS CT CV CW D DA GH GR J KK STK
(mm) (*1)
ø20 18 13 16 42 28 10.8 100 139 29 38 25 43.4 35.8 16 3.2 5.5 10 26 M4 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8
ø25 22 17 20 42 28 12.8 103 146 33 45.5 30 48 39.8 20 3.2 5.5 10 31 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 SRL3
ø32 22 17 20 48 28 15.5 108.5 154.5 40 54 35 59.4 49.4 22 4.5 6.6 10 38 M5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M 10 x 1.25
ø40 30 22 27 56 30 17.5 119.5 177.5 49 63.5 40 71.4 58.4 30 4.5 6.6 10 47 M6 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M 14 x 1.5
SRG3
ø50 35 27 32 64 36 19 137.5 204.5 60 79 50 86 72.4 36 6 9 20 58 M8 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M 18 x 1.5
ø63 35 27 32 74 46 22 142.5 214.5 74 96 60 105.4 90.4 46 8 11 20 72 M10 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M 18 x 1.5
SRM3
SRT3
Bore size HD RD GD GC
LL MM QA QB T WF b d s ℓ P GB T2W T2W T2W T2W
(mm) T0/T5 T2/T2R T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
MRL2
ø20 69 8 12 10 5 17 30 30 25.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
ø25 69 10 12 10 6 18 35 30 30.7 (Stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
MRG2
ø32 71 12 12 10 6 18 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
ø40 78 16 13 12 8 20 40 35 46.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SM‑25
ø50 90 20 15 12 11 23 46 40 57.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ø63 90 20 15 12 11 23 46 40 71.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
Code Switch mounting: Band *1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air
Bore size HD RD cushion are the same as those of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and
T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ 239. (Those of ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.)
FJ
(mm) T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
*2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
ø20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. FK
ø25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) *3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
ø32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°) Spd
ø40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) Contr
ø50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
245
SCM Series
SCP*3
Clevis bracket (CB)
CMK2
· Switch mounting method: Rail
CMA2
CA + stroke CZ
SCM CA + ℓ + stroke 40 31 108 + stroke CF CY
A 31 + ℓ 37 3 28 RD HD 28 CI 26.7
SCG 2-EE 8-DA 18
T 15 15
b
R
CE
øMM
SCA2
P
øJ
SD
øD
øs
ød
SCS2 øCDe8
(pin O.D.)
Q
KK
CKV2 Width across
CJ + ℓ + stroke flats B CJ + stroke CX +0.5
+0.3
SD
CAV2/
COVP/N2 CM
[With bellows]
SSD2
HD
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC In the case of T2W, T3W
· Switch mounting: Band

SMG
MSD/ 28 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 28
(Pθ)
MSDG RD HD
a 7.9
b
b a
FC*
P1
STK
P3
SRL3 10 10 P2
SRG3 *1: N‌ eedle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same
as those of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239.
SRM3 *2: R
‌ efer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED,
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
SRT3
Code Clevis bracket (CB) Basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) B CA CD CE CF CI CJ CM CX CY CZ D DA EE (*1) J KK MM Q SD T
MRL2
ø80 32 232 18 18 35 25 174 80 28 56 64 89 M10 Rc3/8 40 M22x1.5 25 44.5 50 13
ø100 41 244 22 22 43 31 182 100 32 64 72 110 M12 Rc1/2 50 M26x1.5 30 55 60 16
MRG2
HD RD GD GC
SM‑25 Bore size (mm) b d s ℓ P T2W T2W T2W T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
ø80 55 50 88.7 (Stroke/4.3) + 14.5 51 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 18.0
ShkAbs
ø100 56 60 109.7 (Stroke/4.5) + 21 61.5 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 15.5 15.5 17.5
Code
FJ
HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T0/T5 T2, T3
FK T3W T3W
ø80 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Spd ø100 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Contr
Ending
246
SCM Series
Dimensions
Clevis bracket (CB) with bracket (option code B1)
CMK2
· Switch mounting method: Rail
CMA2
CK + stroke CZ
CK + ℓ + stroke 40 31 LL + stroke CF CY SCM

40 31 + ℓ 37 N 28 RD HD 28 CI 26.7
2-EE R 8-DA 18 SCG
T 15 15 CE
b øCDe8
(pin O.D.)
øMM
SCA2
P
øs
øJ
ød
SD
SCS2
øD
CP
KK
CKV2
CT
Width across CX
CJ + ℓ + stroke flats B CJ + stroke CH
SD 4-øCV
CAV2/
CG COVP/N2
CM
[With bellows]
CS SSD2
HD CQ
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
In the case of T2W, T3W MVC

SMG
28 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 28 MSD/
(Pθ)
RD HD MSDG
a b 7.9
b a
FC*
P1
P3
STK
10 10 SRL3
P2
*1: ‌Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same SRG3
as those of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239.
*2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, SRM3
SRT3
Code Clevis bracket (CB) with bracket (option code B1) Basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) B CD CE CF CG CH CI CJ CK CM CP CQ CS CT CV CX CY CZ D DA EE (*1) J KK
MRL2
ø80 32 18 18 35 72 45 25 174 272.5 80 55 110 85 11 11 28 56 64 89 M10 Rc3/8 40 M22x1.5
ø100 41 22 22 43 93 60 31 182 298.5 100 65 130 100 12 13.5 32 64 72 110 M12 Rc1/2 50 M26x1.5
MRG2
HD RD GD
Bore size (mm) LL MM N SD T b d s ℓ P T2W T2W T2W
SM‑25
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
ø80 108 25 3 50 13 55 50 88.7 (Stroke/4.3) + 14.5 51 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
ø100 108 30 3 60 16 56 60 109.7 (Stroke/4.5) + 21 61.5 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
Code
FJ
GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W FK
ø80 16.0 16.0 18.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
ø100 15.5 15.5 17.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°) Spd
Contr
Ending
247
SCM Series
SCP*3
Rod side trunnion (TA)
CMK2
CMA2
TN
X + stroke
X + ℓ + stroke TM Bracket mounting
SCM A WF LL + stroke 2
A WF + ℓ TL range
C 2 GR RD HD GH
GB 2-EE
SCG QA QB
18 T
2-øΤΤe8
b
(collar O.D.)
øMM
SCA2 P
øs
ød
øD
øJ
øJ
SCS2 KK
TF + ℓ Width Across Flats B TF TG + stroke

CKV2 *3
CAV2/ [With bellows]

COVP/N2
SSD2 Switch mounting: Band HD
SSG GC GD
GR 30.5 30.5 GH
(Pθ)
SSD RD HD
7.9
a b
CAT a b b a
P1
MDC2
P3
MVC 10 10
P2
SMG *1: Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those
of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.)
MSD/ *2: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED,
MSDG off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3: Composed of a collar, plain washer and hexagon socket head cap screw.
FC* *4: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
Code Rod side trunnion (TA) Basic dimensions
STK Bore size (mm) A B C D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB T TF TG TL
ø20 18 13 16 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10 5 28 60 28
SRL3 ø25 22 17 20 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10×1.25 69 10 12 10 6 29 60 33
ø32 22 17 20 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10×1.25 71 12 12 10 6 29 62 40
SRG3 ø40 30 22 27 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14×1.5 78 16 13 12 8 32 68 49
ø50 35 27 32 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12 11 36 79 60
SRM3 ø63 35 27 32 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18×1.5 90 20 15 12 11 36 79 74
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail
SRT3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) TM TN TT WF X b d s ℓ P GB
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W
MRL2 ø20 39 47.6 8 17 106 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
ø25 43 53 10 18 111 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
MRG2
ø32 54.5 67.7 12 18 113 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
ø40 65.9 81.1 14 20 130 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
SM‑25
ø50 80 98.6 16 23 150 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ø63 98 119.2 18 23 150 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ShkAbs
GD GC HD RD
FJ Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
ø25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
Spd ø32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr ø40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
ø50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Ending ø63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
248
SCM Series
Dimensions
Rod side trunnion (TA) with bracket (option code B2)
CMK2
TN X + stroke
CMA2
X + ℓ + stroke
TM WF
A LL + stroke 2
A WF + ℓ TL SCM
C 2 GR RD HD GH
GB 2-EE
T QA QB
18 SCG
2-øΤΤe8
b
øMM
(collar O.D.)
SCA2
P
øD
øJ
øs
ød
KK SCS2
CP
CT
CH CKV2
TF + ℓ CS
CG
4-øCV CR ø CW +0.05
0 CAV2/
TF TG + stroke
[With bellows] COVP/N2
SSD2
Switch mounting: Band HD
SSG
GC GD
GR 30.5 30.5 GH (Pθ) SSD
RD HD
7.9
a b
a b b a CAT
P1
MDC2
P3
MVC
10 10
P2
SMG
of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.) MSD/
*2: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC MSDG
magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253. FC*
Code Rod side trunnion (TA) with bracket (option code B2) Basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C CG CH CP CR CS CT CV CW D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB STK
ø20 18 13 16 42 28 25 35.8 16 3.2 5.5 10 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10
ø25 22 17 20 42 28 30 39.8 20 3.2 5.5 10 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 69 10 12 10 SRL3
ø32 22 17 20 48 28 35 49.4 22 4.5 6.6 10 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 71 12 12 10
ø40 30 22 27 56 30 40 58.4 30 4.5 6.6 10 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 78 16 13 12 SRG3
ø50 35 27 32 64 36 50 72.4 36 6 9 20 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 15 12
ø63 35 27 32 74 46 60 90.4 46 8 11 20 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 15 12
SRM3
HD RD
SRT3
Bore size (mm) T TF TG TL TM TN TT WF X b d s ℓ P GB T2W T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T3/T3P T3W
ø20 5 28 60 28 39 47.6 8 17 106 30 30 25.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRL2
ø25 6 29 60 33 43 53 10 18 111 35 30 30.7 (Stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
MRG2
ø32 6 29 62 40 54.5 67.7 12 18 113 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
ø40 8 32 68 49 65.9 81.1 14 20 130 40 35 46.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
SM‑25
ø50 11 36 79 60 80 98.6 16 23 150 46 40 57.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ø63 11 36 79 74 98 119.2 18 23 150 46 40 71.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ShkAbs
GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ FJ
ø20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
ø25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°) Spd
ø40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) Contr
ø50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
249
SCM Series
SCP*3
Head side trunnion (TB)
CMK2
CMA2 TN
X + ℓ + stroke X + stroke
TM
A WF LL + stroke 2
A WF + ℓ TL Bracket mounting range
SCM C 2 GR RD HD GH
GB
T QA 2-EE QB 18
2-øΤΤe8
SCG b
øMM
(collar O.D.)
P
SCA2
øD
øs
ød
øJ
øJ
SCS2 KK
TJ + ℓ + stroke Width Across Flats B *3
CKV2 TJ + stroke TK
[With bellows]
CAV2/
COVP/N2
HD
SSD2 Switch mounting: Band
SSG GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
SSD 7.9 RD HD
a b
b a b a
CAT
P1
P3
MDC2
10 10
P2
MVC
SMG
*1: Needle relational dimensions and port sizes of the type with air cushion are the same as those of
the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.)
MSD/
*2: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED,
MSDG off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
*3: Composed of a collar, plain washer and hexagon socket head cap screw.
FC* *4: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
Code Head side trunnion (TB) Basic dimensions
STK Bore size (mm) A B C D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB T TJ TK TL TM TN TT WF X
ø20 18 13 16 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10 5 75 13 28 39 47.6 8 17 106
SRL3 ø25 22 17 20 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 69 10 12 10 6 76 13 33 43 53 10 18 111
ø32 22 17 20 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 71 12 12 10 6 79 12 40 54.5 67.7 12 18 113
SRG3 ø40 30 22 27 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 78 16 13 12 8 88 12 49 65.9 81.1 14 20 130
ø50 35 27 32 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 15 12 11 101 14 60 80 98.6 16 23 150
SRM3 ø63 35 27 32 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 15 12 11 101 14 74 98 119.2 18 23 150
SRT3
HD RD GD GC
Bore size (mm) b d s ℓ P GB T2W T2W T2W T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
MRL2
ø20 30 30 25.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5
ø25 35 30 30.7 (Stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5
MRG2
ø32 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
ø40 40 35 46.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SM‑25
ø50 46 40 57.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ø63 46 40 71.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0
ShkAbs
Code
HD RD
FJ Bore size (mm) T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
ø25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
Spd ø32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr ø40 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
ø50 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Ending ø63 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
250
SCM Series
Dimensions
Head side trunnion (TB) with bracket (option code B2)
Switch mounting: Rail CMK2
TA + stroke TN
TA + ℓ + stroke X + stroke TM CMA2
A WF LL + stroke 2 TL
A WF + ℓ
C 2 GR RD HD GH GB SCM
T QA 2-EE QB 18
2-øΤΤe8
b SCG
(collar O.D.)
øMM
P
SCA2
øD
øJ
ød
øs
CP
CT
SCS2
TJ + ℓ + stroke KK TJ + stroke
B CH CS CKV2
CG 4-øCV CR ø CW +0.05
[With bellows] 0
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
HD
GC GD
SSG
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
RD HD SSD
7.9
a b
a b b a CAT
P1
P3
MDC2
10 10 MVC
P2
SMG
of the basic. Refer to pages 238 and 239. (Those of ø20/ø25 are different from the basic.)
MSD/
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSDG
FC*
Code Head side trunnion (TB) with bracket (option code B2) Basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C CG CH CP CR CS CT CV CW D EE (*1) GH GR J KK LL MM QA QB
STK
ø20 18 13 16 42 28 25 35.8 16 3.2 5.5 10 26 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 8 12 10
ø25 22 17 20 42 28 30 39.8 20 3.2 5.5 10 31 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 69 10 12 10
SRL3
ø32 22 17 20 48 28 35 49.4 22 4.5 6.6 10 38 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 71 12 12 10
ø40 30 22 27 56 30 40 58.4 30 4.5 6.6 10 47 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 78 16 13 12
SRG3
ø50 35 27 32 64 36 50 72.4 36 6 9 20 58 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 15 12
ø63 35 27 32 74 46 60 90.4 46 8 11 20 72 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 90 20 15 12
SRM3
HD RD SRT3
Bore size (mm) T TA TJ TL TM TN TT WF X b d s ℓ P GB T2W T0/T5 T2/T2R T2W
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P T3W T3/T3P T3W
ø20 5 114 75 28 39 47.6 8 17 106 30 30 25.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRL2
ø25 6 119 76 33 43 53 10 18 111 35 30 30.7 (Stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
ø32 6 125 79 40 54.5 67.7 12 18 113 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 MRG2
ø40 8 146 88 49 65.9 81.1 14 20 130 40 35 46.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
ø50 11 168 101 60 80 98.6 16 23 150 46 40 57.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 SM‑25
ø63 11 173 101 74 98 119.2 18 23 150 46 40 71.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Code Switch mounting: Band ShkAbs
GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W
P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W FJ
ø20 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø25 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) FK
ø32 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Spd
Contr
ø50 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
251
SCM Series
SCP*3
Accessory dimensions
Rod eye
CMK2 SCM-I-ø20 to ø32 Material: S
‌ teel SCM-I-ø40 to ø100 Material: C
‌ ast iron
Chromate
R
Painted
CMA2 SR RS treatment RR
RR
SCM
SCG
CDH10
SCA2 CDH10
KK
KK
SCS2
CKV2
CW
CW
øE
CAV2/
COVP/N2
MA AA
MA AA
SSD2 CA
CA
A
SSG A
SSD Applicable
Model No. A AA CA CD CW E KK MA RR RS Weight (g)
bore size (mm)
-0.2
CAT SCM-I-20 20 34 8.5 25 8 8 -0.4 16 M8 11.5 13.4 3.1 39
-0.2
SCM-I-25 25, 32 41 10.5 30 10 10 -0.4 20 M10x1.25 14 17.1 4.5 72
MDC2 -0.3
SCM-I-40 40 42 14 30 10 18 -0.5 22 M14x1.5 14 12 - 152
-0.3
SCM-I-50 50, 63 56 18 40 14 22 -0.5 28 M18x1.5 20 16 - 158
MVC -0.3
SCM-I-80 80 71 21 50 18 28 -0.5 38 M22x1.5 27 21 - 395
-0.3
SCM-I-100 100 79 21 55 22 32 -0.5 44 M26x1.5 31 24 - 564
SMG
MSD/ Rod clevis
MSDG
SCM-Y-ø20 to ø32 Material: S
‌ teel SCM-Y-ø40 to ø100 ‌ ast iron
Material: C
FC* Chromate R
Painted
SR RS treatment RR
RR
STK
SRL3
E
CDH10
SRG3
CDH10
SRM3 KK
CW
CV
øE
SRT3
R0.4 or less
CW
CV
MRL2
KK
MRG2 MB AB MB AB
CA CA
SM‑25
A A
ShkAbs
Applicable Applicable Weight
Model No. A AB CA CD CV CW E KK MB RR RS
FJ bore size (mm) pin No. (g)
+0.4
SCM-Y-20 20 34 13.5 25 8 16 8 +0.2 16 M8 11.5 13.4 3.1 SCM-P-20 46
+0.4
FK SCM-Y-25 25, 32 41 16 30 10 20 10 +0.2 20 M10x1.25 14 17.1 4.5 SCM-P-25 85
+0.5
SCM-Y-40 40 42 16 30 10 36 18 +0.3 22 M14x1.5 14 12 - SCM-P-40 122
Spd SCM-Y-50 50, 63 56 20 40 14 44 22 +0.5
+0.3 28 M18x1.5 20 16 - SCM-P-50 258
Contr SCM-Y-80 80 71 23 50 18 56 28 +0.5
38 M22x1.5 27 21 - SCM-P-80 590
+0.3
+0.5
SCM-Y-100 100 79 24 55 22 64 32 +0.3 44 M26x1.5 31 24 - SCM-P-100 909
Ending
Note: A pin and a snap ring are included.
252
SCM Series
Accessory
Accessory dimensions SCP*3
Pin for clevis Material: ‌Steel Rod eye pin Material: ‌Steel
Chromate Chromate CMK2
treatment treatment
CMA2
A A
C C C C
B B SCM
E E
SCG
øCDe8
øCDe8
øD
øD
SCA2
SCS2
Model Bore size Shaft Weight Model Bore size Shaft Weight
A B C CD D E A B C CD D E
No. (mm) snap ring (g) No. (mm) snap ring (g) CKV2
SCM-P1-20 20 43.4 38.6 0.9 8 7.6 1.5 C for shaft 8 17 SCM-P-20 20 21 16.2 0.9 8 7.6 1.5 C for shaft 8 9
CAV2/
SCM-P1-25 25 48 42.6 1.15 10 9.6 1.6 C for shaft 10 30 SCM-P-25 25, 32 25.6 20.2 1.15 10 9.6 1.6 C for shaft 10 16
COVP/N2
SCM-P1-32 32 59.4 54 1.15 12 11.5 1.6 C for shaft 12 52 SCM-P-40 40 41.6 36.2 1.15 10 9.6 1.6 C for shaft 10 26
SCM-P1-40 40 71.4 65 1.15 14 13.4 2.1 C for shaft 14 85 SCM-P-50 50, 63 50.6 44.2 1.15 14 13.4 2.1 C for shaft 14 60 SSD2
SCM-P1-50 50 86 79.6 1.15 16 15.2 2.1 C for shaft 16 133 SCM-P-80 80 64 56.2 1.35 18 17 2.6 C for shaft 18 126
SCM-P1-63 63 105.4 97.8 1.35 18 17 2.5 C for shaft 18 207 SCM-P-100 100 72 64.2 1.35 22 21 2.6 C for shaft 22 213 SSG
*1: A pin and a snap ring are attached to the eye bracket and clevis bracket. Note: A pin and a snap ring are included with the rod clevis.
*2: For bore sizes ø80 and ø100, the dimension is the same as the pin for rod eye. SSD
No.2 bracket CAT

Clevis bracket (B2) Material: ‌Steel Eye bracket (B1) Material: ‌Cast iron
Painted
MDC2
SCM-B2-ø20 to ø63 Chromate SCM-B1-ø80 to ø100
treatment
CM CN CDH10 CM MVC
R
R
SMG
MSD/
CP±0.2
MSDG
CT
øCDH10
øCN
CP
FC*
CH 4-øCV CS
CG TM
CT
STK
CG CR
TM SRL3
SRG3
øCW +00.08
SRM3
CH
SRT3
MRL2
4-øCV CS
MRG2
SM‑25
Applicable bore
Model No. CD CG CH CM CN CP CR CS CT CV CW R TM Weight (g) ShkAbs
size (mm)
SCM-B2-20 20 8 42 28 29 +0.4
+0.1 13 25 35.8 16 3.2 5.5 10 11 38 72
FJ
SCM-B2-25 25 10 42 28 33 +0.4
+0.1 15 30 39.8 20 3.2 5.5 10 13 42 90
SCM-B2-32 32 12 48 28 40 +0.5
+0.1 17 35 49.4 22 4.5 6.6 10 15 53.4 166
FK
SCM-B2-40 40 14 56 30 49 +0.5
+0.1 21 40 58.4 30 4.5 6.6 10 18 64.4 239
SCM-B2-50 50 16 64 36 60 +0.5
+0.1 24 50 72.4 36 6 9 20 20 78.8 417 Spd
SCM-B2-63 63 18 74 46 74 +0.7
+0.1 26 60 90.4 46 7.5 11 20 22 96.6 754 Contr
SCM-B1-80 80 18 72 45 28 -0.1
-0.3 36 55 - 85 11 11 - - 110 1000
SCM-B1-100 100 22 93 60 32 -0.1 50 65 - 100 12 13.5 - - 130 1735
Ending
-0.3
253
Round shaped cylinder
Single acting/push
SCP*3
SCM-X Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-X
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Single acting/push
SCS2
Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar)
CKV2
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +2.0
0
SSG Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSD Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9
CAT Note: D
‌ o not leave the single acting cylinder pressurized for a long time. If it is left pressurized for long
periods, the piston rod may not return due to spring load when the pressure is released.
MDC2
Stroke Spring load (Unit: N)
MVC Bore size Standard stroke Max. stroke Min. stroke Bore size At stroke of 0 At full stroke
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) mm operation
SMG ø20 ø20 11.8 38
25, 50, 75
ø25 ø25 12.5 40.2
MSD/ 100, 125 200 5
MSDG ø32 ø32 24.3 54.9
150, 200
ø40 ø40 28.4 100
FC*
*1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
STK Number of installed switches and min. stroke (mm)

Switch mounting method: Rail
SRL3 Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRG3 Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
Reed
T2, T3 T*Y*
Reed
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
Reed
Reed
Reed
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

SRM3
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 Switch mounting: Band

MRG2
SM‑25 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ShkAbs ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
*1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail mounting
FK position is different. Refer to page 345 for mounting position.
Spd
Contr
Ending
254
SCM-X Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity 2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed 2-wire proximity
CMK2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable Dedicated for
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve programmable controller
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or CKV2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions.
SSG
CAT
Cylinder weight MDC2

Stroke: 5 to 50 (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight MVC
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm 10 mm (with rail) per switch
ø20 0.15 0.26 0.18 0.20 0.16 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 SMG
ø25 0.24 0.37 0.28 0.32 0.26 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
ø32 0.36 0.52 0.42 0.51 0.39 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 MSDG
ø40 0.59 0.81 0.67 0.82 0.64 specifications. 0.030 0.032 0.007
FC*
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight STK
ø20 0.19 0.30 0.22 0.24 0.20 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 SRL3
ø25 0.32 0.45 0.36 0.40 0.34 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
ø32 0.46 0.62 0.52 0.61 0.49 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 SRG3
SRM3
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight SRT3
ø20 0.24 0.35 0.27 0.29 0.25 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 MRL2
ø25 0.39 0.52 0.43 0.47 0.41 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
ø32 0.55 0.71 0.61 0.70 0.58 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 MRG2
SM‑25
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight ShkAbs
ø20 0.29 0.40 0.32 0.34 0.30 Refer to the 0.010 0.012 0.007 FJ
ø25 0.46 0.59 0.50 0.54 0.48 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
ø32 0.65 0.81 0.71 0.80 0.68 switch 0.018 0.020 0.007 FK
ø40 1.11 1.33 1.19 1.34 1.16 specifications. 0.030 0.032 0.007 Spd
Product weight when S = 0 mm 0.98 kg Contr
100
(Example) Product weight of SCM-X-LB-40D-100-T2H-D Additional weight when S = 100 mm 0.032x 10 =0.32 kg
Weight of 2 switches 0.036 kg
Ending
Product weight 0.98 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.336 kg
255
SCM-X Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch)
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-X LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
With switch (built-in magnet for switch)
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 SCM-X LB 40 D 100 T0H D J I FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
SCM TA Rod side trunnion
A Mounting
*1 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size 20 ø20
SCA2 25 ø25
32 ø32
SCS2 40 ø40
C Port thread
C Port thread
CKV2 Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/ G G thread (made-to-order product)
COVP/N2
D Cushion
D Cushion
SSD2 D With two-sided rubber cushion
E Stroke (mm)
E Stroke
SSG Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 to ø40 5 to 200 In 1 mm increments
SSD F Switch model No.
F Switch model No.
Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
*3 Indicator
CAT *4 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
Reed
T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
MDC2
T1H* T1V*
MVC 2-wire
T3H* T3V*
SMG 3-wire
T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
Precautions for model No. selection
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
MSD/ 2-wire
MSDG *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
*2 : Refer to page 254 for the number of installed T3WH* T3WY*
3-wire
FC* switches and the min. stroke. T3YH* T3YV*
*3 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
STK also available. (Made to order) T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*4 :T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the switch
* Lead wire length
SRL3 mounting style is the rail.
*5 :The instantaneous max. temperature is the Blank 1 m (standard)
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., 3 3 m (option)
SRG3 instantaneously contact the bellows. 5 5 m (option)
*6 :Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom
specifications of rod end form.
G Switch quantity
SRM3 G Switch quantity
*7 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not R 1 on rod side
*5
available for the “Z” switch mounting. H 1 on head side
SRT3 *8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. D 2
*9 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if
T 3
assembling before shipment is necessary.
MRL2 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
H Switch mounting
MRG2 [Example of model No.] H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
SCM-X-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI Z Band method
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, single acting/push I Option
A Mounting : Axial foot I Option
Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
ShkAbs B Bore size : ø40 mm *5, *7
J Bellows material 100°C 200°C
C Port thread : Rc thread
L Bellows material 250°C 400°C
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion
FJ Q Switch rail included at shipment
E Stroke :100 mm
M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
F Switch model No. : Proximity T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
FK P6 Copper and PTFE free
G Switch quantity :2
Spd H Switch mounting : Rail J Accessory
J Accessory
I Option : Bellows
‌ material/max. ambient I Rod eye
Contr *8
temperature 100°C Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
J Accessory : Rod eye B2 Clevis bracket
Ending
256
SCM-X Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
[Switch mounting: Rail]
Switch body + mounting rail set Mounting rail only CMK2
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T 40 100
CMA2
Mounting rail
Switch model No. Bore size SCM
256) page 256) (Item B on page 256)
SCG
(*2)
Switch quantity Stroke (*1) Stroke (*1)
(Item G on page (Item E on page (Item E on page 256) SCA2
256) 256)
SCS2
*1: ‌Indicate X if the stroke exceeds 300 mm.
length) will be included per switch. CKV2
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same
number of rails as that of applicable switches. CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
[Switch mounting: Band] SSG
Switch body + mounting bracket set + band Mounting bracket set + band
SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40 SSD
CAT
(Item F on page 256) (Item B on page 256) MDC2
Bore size
(Item B on page 256) MVC
SMG
[Switch body only]
MSD/
MSDG
SW T0H
FC*
Switch model No. STK

SRL3
Bore size (mm) SRG3
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SRM3
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SRT3
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts.
MRL2
MRG2
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SM‑25

Bore size Working pressure MPa
(mm) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
ø20 25 56 88 1.19x10 2
1.50x10 2
1.82x10 2
2.13x10 2
2.45x10 2
2.76x10 2
ø25 58 1.07x102 1.56x102 2.05x102 2.54x102 3.03x102 3.52x102 4.02x102 4.51x102 FJ

ø32 1.06x10 2
1.86x10 2
2.67x10 2
3.47x10 2
4.28x10 2
5.08x10 2
5.88x10 2
6.69x10 2
7.49x10 2
ø40 1.51x102 2.77x102 4.03x102 5.28x102 6.54x102 7.80x102 9.05x102 1.03x103 1.16x103 FK
Note: The load above indicates thrust excluding the spring force at the push end. Spd
Contr
Ending
257
SCM-X Series
SCP*3
CMK2
1 2 3
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2 Repair parts list

Numbering of repair parts follows that in the internal structure of
SSG the SCM Series (page 236).
SSD No. Part name Material Remarks ø20 SCM-X-20DK
1 Spring holder A Aluminum alloy ø25 SCM-X-25DK
3 6 8 10 13
CAT 2 Coil spring Piano wire Electrodeposition ø32 SCM-X-32DK
3 Spring holder B Aluminum alloy ø40 SCM-X-40DK
MDC2 Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
258
SCM-X Series
Single acting/push
dimensions SCP*3
Single acting push
CMK2
MN (Width Across Flats)
CMA2
MO
X + stroke
SCM
X + ℓ + stroke MC A WF LL + stroke 2
A WF + ℓ GB C 2 GL + stroke GN
A WF RD HD SCG
b 8-DA 18 T QA 2-EE QB
øMM
øMM
C
SCA2
P
SD
øD
øJ
øJ
ød
øs
SCS2
KK
XF + ℓ SD KK MO Width Across Flats B XF MA 4-MD MB
CKV2
ø20/ø25
[With bellows] GR GH CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
GL + stroke HD
SSG
GD
(Pθ) 30.5 30.5
7.9 GR RD HD GH SSD
a b
a b
CAT
P1
In the case of T2W, T3W MDC2

P2 10 10
MVC
SMG
*1: For RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, MSD/
AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches, Page 345. MSDG
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions LL
5 to 51 to 101 to 151 to
FC*
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR GH J KK MA MB MC MD MM MN MO QA QB SD T WF
50ST 100 150 200
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 12 M8 96 123 150 177 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 10 14 5 17
STK
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 14 M 10 x 1.25 99 129 159 189 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 10 16.5 6 18
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 17 18 M 10 x 1.25 101 131 161 191 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 10 20 6 18
SRL3
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 19 25 M 14 x 1.5 108 138 168 198 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 13 12 26 8 20
SRG3
X
HD RD
101 151 SRM3
5 to 51 to T0/T5 T2,T3
Bore size (mm) to to XF b d s ℓ P GB GN GL T2 T2W
50ST 100 T0/T5 Over Over Over Over Over
150 200 T3 T3W 5 to 50 Over 50
to 100 100 to 150 to 5 to 50 50 to 100 to 150 to SRT3
150 200 100 150 200
ø20 133 160 187 214 35 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 18.5 30 4 7 9.5 33.5 60.5 87.5 114.5 34.5 61.5 88.5 115.5
MRL2
ø25 141 171 201 231 40 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 18.5 30 3 6 8.5 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5
ø32 143 173 203 233 40 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 18.5 32 4 7 9.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5
MRG2
ø40 160 190 220 250 50 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 20.5 36 6 9 11.5 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5
SM‑25
GL HD RD
T2W,T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T2W,T3W
Bore size (mm) T2,T3 T2 T2W GD P1 P2 P3 Pθ ShkAbs
Over Over Over
5 to 50 to 100 to 150 to T0,
T 5 T0/T5 Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over Over
5 to 50 to 100 to 150 to 5 to 50 to 100 to 150 to 5 to 50
50 100 150 200 T2W,
T 3W T3 T3W 50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200 50 100 150 200 to 100 to 150 to
FJ
ø20 35.5 62.5 89.5 116.5 30.5 29.5 5.5 6.5 9.5 33.5 60.5 87.5 14.5 34.5 61.5 88.5 115.5 35.5 62.5 89.5 116.5 1.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø25 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 29.5 28.5 4.5 5.5 8.5 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 0.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
FK
ø32 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 30.5 29.5 5.5 6.5 9.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 1.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 42.5 72.5 102.5 132.5 32.5 31.5 7.5 8.5 11.5 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 42.5 72.5 102.5 132.5 3.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) Spd
Contr
*Installation dimensions other than X and LL mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Pages 240 to 251.
Ending
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
259
Single acting/pull
SCP*3
SCM-Y Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-Y
SCA2 Actuation Single acting/pull
SCS2
CKV2
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
0
CAT Note: Do
‌ not leave the single acting cylinder pressurized for a long time. If it is left pressurized for long
periods, the piston rod may not return due to spring load when the pressure is released.
MDC2
Stroke Spring load (Unit: N)
MVC Bore size Standard stroke Max. stroke Min. stroke Bore size When stroke At full stroke
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) length = 0 operation
SMG ø20 ø20 11.8 38
25, 50, 75
MSD/ ø25 ø25 12.5 40.2
100, 125 200 5
MSDG ø32 ø32 24.3 54.9
150, 200
ø40 ø40 28.4 100
FC*
STK
SRM3 ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25 Bore size (mm) Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
ShkAbs ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK *1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail mounting
position is different. Refer to page 345 for mounting position.
Spd
Contr
Ending
260
SCM-Y Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable Dedicated for
Applications
relay, compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay programmable controller SCM
SCG
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC -
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VDC ±10% SCA2
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA ≤50 mA ≤20 mA 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA
LED LED (Lit Red/green Red/green LED (Lit Yellow Red/green Red/green Red/green SCS2
LED No indicator LED
(Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit LED
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON) CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or CAV2/
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1. SSD
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*4 : Switch for AC magnetic field (T2YD/T2YDT) cannot be used in DC magnetic field. CAT
MDC2
Cylinder weight
MVC
Stroke 5 to 50 (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight
SMG
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch
ø20 0.14 0.25 0.17 0.19 0.15 0.010 0.012 0.007 MSD/
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.22 0.35 0.26 0.30 0.24 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSDG
in the switch
ø32 0.33 0.49 0.39 0.48 0.36 0.018 0.020 0.007
specifications. FC*
ø40 0.54 0.76 0.62 0.77 0.59 0.030 0.032 0.007
Stroke 51 to 100 (Unit: kg) STK

Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch SRL3
ø20 0.17 0.28 0.20 0.22 0.18 0.010 0.012 0.007
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.28 0.41 0.32 0.36 0.30 0.014 0.016 0.007 SRG3
in the switch
ø32 0.40 0.56 0.46 0.55 0.43 0.018 0.020 0.007
specifications.
ø40 0.67 0.89 0.75 0.90 0.72 0.030 0.032 0.007 SRM3

SRT3
MRL2
ø20 0.21 0.32 0.24 0.26 0.22 0.010 0.012 0.007
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.33 0.46 0.37 0.41 0.35 0.014 0.016 0.007
ø32 0.47 0.63 0.53 0.62 0.50
in the switch
0.018 0.020 0.007
MRG2
specifications.
ø40 0.80 1.02 0.88 1.03 0.85 0.030 0.032 0.007
SM‑25
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight ShkAbs
ø20 0.24 0.35 0.27 0.29 0.25 0.010 0.012 0.007 FJ
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.39 0.52 0.43 0.47 0.41 0.014 0.016 0.007
in the switch
ø32 0.54 0.70 0.60 0.69 0.57 0.018 0.020 0.007 FK
specifications.
ø40 0.92 1.14 1.00 1.15 0.97 0.030 0.032 0.007
Product weight when S = 0 mm 0.89 kg
Spd
Additional weight when S = 100 mm 0.032x
100
=0.32 kg
Contr
10
(Example) Product weight of SCM-Y-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight 0.89 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.246 kg Ending
261
SCM-Y Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-Y LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 FB Head side flange
SCM-Y LB 40 D 100 T0H D J I CA Eye bracket
TB Head side trunnion
A Mounting
SCG *1 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size
20 ø20
SCA2 25 ø25
32 ø32
40 ø40
SCS2
C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
CKV2
CAV2/ G G thread (made-to-order product)
COVP/N2 D Cushion
D Cushion
SSD2
E Stroke (mm)
E Stroke
SSG Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
SSD Precautions for model No. selection F Switch model No.

F Switch model No.
Contact
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. Axial Radial Voltage Lead
*3 Indicator
CAT *2 : Refer to page 260 for the number of installed *4 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
switches and the min. stroke. T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
Reed
*3 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
MDC2 also available. (Made to order) T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T1H* T1V*
MVC *4 : T 8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the switch 2-wire
mounting style is the rail.
*5 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the T3H* T3V*
SMG 3-wire
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
instantaneously contact the bellows. T2WH* T2WV* Proximity
MSD/ *6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
MSDG specifications of rod end form. 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
*7 : “ Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available 3-wire
FC* for the “Z” switch mounting. T3YH* T3YV*
*8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
*9 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD T2YDT* - for AC magnetic field
STK if assembling before shipment is necessary. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
* Lead wire length
SRL3
[Example of model No.] Blank 1 m (standard)
3 3 m (option)
SRG3 SCM-Y-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI 5 5 m (option)
Model: Round shaped cylinder, single acting/pull
A Mounting : Axial foot G Switch quantity
SRM3 G Switch quantity
B Bore size : ø40 mm R 1 on rod side
C Port thread : Rc thread H 1 on head side
SRT3 D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion D 2
E Stroke :100 mm T 3
MRL2 F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
G Switch quantity :2
H Switch mounting
MRG2 H Switch mounting : Rail H Switch mounting Blank Rail method
I Option : ‌Bellows material/max. ambient
temperature 100°C Z Band method
SM‑25 J Accessory : Rod eye I Option
I Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
ShkAbs How to order mounting bracket *5, *7
J Bellows material 100°C 200°C
L Bellows material 250°C 400°C
Bore size (mm)
FJ ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 Q Switch rail included at shipment
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 P6 Copper and PTFE free
FK
J Accessory
Spd Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 J Accessory I Rod eye
Contr Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 *8
Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. B2 Clevis bracket
Ending *2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set.
262
SCM-Y Series
How to order/internal structure
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T 40 100
CMA2
Mounting rail
Switch model No. Bore size SCM
262) page 262) (Item B on page
SCG
262) (*1)
Switch quantity Stroke (*1) Stroke (*2)
(Item G on (Item E on page 262) (Item E on page 262) SCA2
page 262)
*1: ‌Indicate X if the stroke exceeds 300 mm. SCS2
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same CKV2
number of rails as that of applicable switches.
CAV2/
[Switch mounting: Band] [Switch body only] COVP/N2
SW T0H SSD2
SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40
SSG
Switch model No.
Switch model No. Bore size (Item F on page 262) SSD
(Item F on page (Item B on page 262)
262)
Bore size CAT
MDC2
Bore size Working pressure MPa MVC
(mm) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
ø20 15 41 68 94 1.20x102 1.47x102 1.73x102 2.00x102 2.26x102 SMG
ø25 42 84 1.25x10 2
1.66x10 2
2.07x10 2
2.48x10 2
2.90x10 2
3.31x10 2
3.72x102
MSD/
ø32 83 1.52x102 2.22x102 2.91x102 3.60x102 4.29x102 4.98x102 5.67x102 6.36x102
MSDG
ø40 1.11x102 2.17x102 3.22x102 4.28x102 5.33x102 6.39x102 7.44x102 8.50x102 9.56x102
Note: The load above indicates thrust excluding the spring force at the pull end. FC*
STK
Internal structure and parts list SRL3
SRG3
1 2 3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
Repair parts list FJ

Numbering of repair parts follows that in the internal structure of the
SCM Series (page 236).
FK
No. Part name Material Remarks Bore size (mm) Kit No. Repair parts No.
1 Spring holder A Aluminum alloy ø20 SCM-Y-20DK Spd
2 Coil spring Piano wire Electrodeposition ø25 SCM-Y-25DK Contr
3 6 8 10 13
3 Spring holder B Aluminum alloy ø32 SCM-Y-32DK
ø40 SCM-Y-40DK
Ending
Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
263
SCM-Y Series
SCP*3
dimensions
Single acting pull (00) Switch mounting: Rail MN (Width Across Flats)
CMK2
CMA2 MO
X+2 × stroke
SCM X + ℓ + 2 x stroke MC A WF + stroke LL + stroke 2
A WF + ℓ + stroke GB 2 GM GL + stroke GH
C
SCG A WF 2-EE
RD HD
8-DA 18 T QA QB
b
øMM
øMM
C
SCA2
P
SD
øD
ød
øJ
øs
øJ
SCS2
XF + ℓ + stroke SD KK MO KK XF + stroke MA 4-MD MB
CKV2
Width Across Flats B GR
CAV2/ With bellows
COVP/N2 ø20/ø25
SSD2 GL + stroke HD
GC
30.5 30.5
SSG (Pθ)
7.9 GR RD HD GH
a b
SSD a b
P1
CAT In the case of T2W, T3W

P2 10 10
MDC2
MVC
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions LL
Over 50 Over 100 to Over 150 to
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR GH J KK 5 to 50
to 100 150 200 MA MB MC MD MM MN
SMG
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 12 M8 96 123 150 177 11 11 24 M5 8 6
MSD/ ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 17 14 M 10 x 1.25 99 129 159 189 11 11 29 M6 10 8
MSDG ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 17 18 M 10 x 1.25 101 131 161 191 11 10 36 M8 12 10
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 19 25 M 14 x 1.5 108 138 168 198 12 10 44 M10 16 14
FC*
STK X
Bore size (mm) MO QA QB SD T WF Over 50 to Over 100 to Over 150 to XF b d s ℓ GM GL P GB
5 to 50
SRL3 100 150 200
ø20 4 12 10 14 5 17 133 160 187 214 35 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 20.5 30 19.5 23
ø25 5 12 10 16.5 6 18 141 171 201 231 40 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 20.5 30 22 24.4
SRG3
ø32 5.5 12 10 20 6 18 143 173 203 233 40 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 20.5 32 25.5 25
SRM3 ø40 6 13 12 26 8 20 160 190 220 250 50 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 21.5 36 30 25.7
SRT3 HD RD HD
Bore size (mm) T0/T5 T2,T3 T2W,T3W T2 T2W T0/T5
Over 50 Over 100 to Over 150 to Over 50 Over 100 to Over 150 to Over 50 Over 100 to Over 150 to T0/T5 Over 50 Over 100 to Over 150 to
MRL2 5 to 50
to 100 150 200
5 to 50
to 100 150 200
5 to 50
to 100 150 200 T3 T3W 5 to 50
to 100 150 200
ø20 31.0 58.0 85.0 112.0 34.0 61.0 88.0 115.0 36.5 63.5 90.5 117.5 5 6 7 32.5 59.5 86.5 113.5
MRG2 ø25 33.0 63.0 93.0 123.0 36.0 66.0 96.0 126.0 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 6 7 8 34.5 64.5 94.5 124.5
ø32 34.0 64.0 94.0 124.0 37.0 67.0 97.0 127.0 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 7 8 9 35.5 65.5 95.5 125.5
SM‑25 ø40 36.0 66.0 96.0 126.0 39.0 69.0 99.0 129.0 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 9 10 11 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5
Code
ShkAbs RD
Bore size (mm) T2,T3 T2W,T3W T2 T2W GC P1 P2 P3 Pθ
Over 50 Over 100 to Over 150 to Over 50 Over 100 to Over 150 to T0/T5
FJ 5 to 50
to 100 150 200
5 to 50
to 100 150 200 T3 T3W
ø20 33.5 60.5 87.5 114.5 36.5 63.5 90.5 117.5 6.5 7.5 7 2.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK ø25 35.5 65.5 95.5 125.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 7.5 8.5 8 3.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 36.5 66.5 96.5 126.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 8.5 9.5 9 4.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Spd
ø40 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 41.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 10.5 11.5 11 6.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Contr
* Installation dimensions other than X and LL mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Pages 240 to 251.
Ending
264
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
265
Round shaped cylinder/
Double acting/stroke adjustable/push
SCP*3
SCM-P Series
Bore size:ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40/ø50/ø63
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-P
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 +2.3
0 0
Adjustable stroke range mm 25, 50
CAT Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
MDC2
Stroke
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
MVC
ø20
ø25
SMG 25, 50, 75
ø32
MSD/ 100, 125, 150 600 10
ø40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
ø50
FC* ø63
STK
SRM3 ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
SM‑25 Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
ShkAbs Bore size (mm) Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending *1: ‌For types with one switch, when the stroke is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail mounting
266
SCM-P Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CKV2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m :33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m.:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m :87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m :87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
CAT
MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) MVC

Item/mounting Adjustable Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight
(Unit: kg)
Bore size (mm) stroke range Basic Axial foot Flange Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm 10 mm (with rail) per switch SMG
25 0.18 0.29 0.26 0.19
ø20 0.010 0.012 0.007 MSD/
50 0.21 0.31 0.29 0.22 MSDG
25 0.33 0.44 0.43 0.35
ø25 0.014 0.016 0.007 FC*
50 0.37 0.48 0.47 0.39
25 0.50 0.64 0.64 0.53 Refer to the
ø32 0.018 0.020 0.007 STK
50 0.56 0.71 0.70 0.59 weight in the
25 0.93 1.12 1.13 0.98 switch
ø40 0.030 0.032 0.007 SRL3
50 1.03 1.22 1.23 1.08 specifications.
25 1.71 2.12 2.05 1.85 SRG3
ø50 0.044 0.046 0.008
50 1.90 2.31 2.24 2.04
25 2.25 2.87 2.75 2.39 SRM3
ø63 0.052 0.054 0.009
50 2.44 3.06 2.94 2.58
SRT3
Product weight when S = 0 mm.............. 1.22 kg
100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm...... 0.032x 10 =0.32 kg MRL2
(Example) Product weight of SCM-P-LB-40D-100-50-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches............................... 0.036 kg
Product weight........................................ 1.22 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.576 kg MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa FJ
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
ø20 Push/Pull - 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102 FK
ø25 Push/Pull - 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102
ø32 Push/Pull - 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 Spd
ø40 Push/Pull - 1.58x102 2.11x102 3.17x102 4.22x102 5.28x102 6.33x102 7.39x102 8.44x102 9.50x102 1.06x103
Contr
ø50 Push/Pull 1.65x102 2.47x102 3.30x102 4.95x102 6.60x102 8.25x102 9.90x102 1.15x103 1.32x103 1.48x103 1.65x103
Ending
267
SCM-P Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-P LB 40 D 100 25 J I LB Axial foot
CMA2 SCM-P LB 40 D 100 25 T0H D J I TA Rod side trunnion
SCM A Mounting B Bore size (mm)
*1 B Bore size 20 ø20
25 ø25
SCG
32 ø32
40 ø40
SCA2 50 ø50
63 ø63
SCS2 C Port thread
CKV2 N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
G G thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/ D Cushion
COVP/N2 D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion
SSD2 E Stroke (mm)
E Stroke
SSG ø20 to ø63 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Adjustable stroke range (mm)
F Adjustable stroke range 25 25
SSD
50 50
CAT G Switch model No.

G Switch model No.
Reed Contact
*3 Indicator
MDC2 *4
MVC T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
Precautions for model No. selection T1H* T1V*
2-wire
SMG *1 : ‌A mounting bracket will be shipped with the product T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
if LB, FB or TB is selected. FA/TA is shipped with the T3H* T3V*
product. 3-wire
MSD/ T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
Proximity
MSDG *2 : R
‌ efer to page 266 for the number of installed T2WH* T2WV*
switches and the min. stroke. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
FC* *3 : ‌Switches other than G Switch model No. are 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
T3YH* T3YV*
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details.
STK *4 : ‌T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore
T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
size is from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
SRL3 style is the rail. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*5 : ‌The instantaneous max. temperature is the * Lead wire length
*6 : R
‌ efer to Ending Page 85 for custom 5 5 m (option)
SRM3 specifications of rod end form.
*7 : ‌”Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available H Switch quantity
for the “Z” switch mounting. H Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
SRT3 *8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. H 1 on head side
*9 : ‌Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD
D 2
if assembling before shipment is necessary.
MRL2 T 3
4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
[Example of model No.]
MRG2 I Switch mounting
SCM-P-LB-40D-100-25-T0H-D-JI I Switch mounting Blank Rail method
Z Band method
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
A Mounting : Axial foot J Option
B Bore size : ø40 mm J Option
ShkAbs *5, *7
C Port thread : Rc thread J Bellows 100°C 200°C
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion L Bellows 250°C 400°C
FJ E Stroke : 100 mm Q Switch rail included at shipment
F Adjustable stroke range : 25 mm M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
FK G Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1m P6 Copper and PTFE free
H Switch quantity :2 K Accessory
Spd I Switch mounting : Rail method K Accessory
I Rod eye
Contr J Option :B‌ ellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C *8
K Accessory : Rod eye B2 Clevis bracket
Ending
268
SCM-P Series
How to order
[Switch mounting: Rail] [Switch mounting: Band]
Switch body + mounting rail set Switch body + mounting bracket set + band CMK2
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T2H* 40 Z
CMA2
Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No. SCM

(Item G on page 268) (Item B on (Item G on page 268)
page 268) SCG
Bore size
(Item H on page 268) (Item E on page 268) SCA2
SCS2
Mounting rail only Mounting bracket set + band
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail
COVP/N2
Bore size
Bore size (Item B on page 268) SSD2
(*1)
(*2)
SSG
Stroke
(Item E on page 268) [Switch body only]
SSD
SW T0H
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment CAT
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same MDC2
Switch model No.
(Item G on page 268)
MVC
SMG
How to order mounting bracket MSD/

Bore size (mm) MSDG
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63
Mounting bracket FC*
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 STK
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
269
SCM-P Series
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 11 13 14 15 16 17
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/ 18
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
SSD ø20, ø25: Stainless steel 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber
2 Piston rod R Industrial chrome plating
ø32 to ø63: Steel 12 Magnet Plastic
CAT 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy
13 Piston H
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 ø50, ø63: Aluminum alloy die-casting
MDC2 14 Cover Steel Zinc chromate
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
15 Piston rod H Steel Industrial chrome plating
MVC 6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 16 Stopper Steel Zinc chromate
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 17 Hexagon nut Steel Nickeling
SMG 8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 18 Hex socket screw Alloy steel Black finish
MSD/ ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy

9 Piston R
ø50, ø63: Aluminum alloy die-casting
MSDG
*1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
FC*
STK
Repair parts list
SRL3
ø20 SCM-D-20DK
SRG3
ø25 SCM-D-25DK
ø32 SCM-D-32DK
SRM3 3 6 8 10
ø40 SCM-D-40DK
ø50 SCM-D-50DK
SRT3
ø63 SCM-D-63DK
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
270
SCM-P Series
Double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
Dimensions SCP*3
Double acting/adjustable stroke (push) Switch mounting: Rail
MN (Width Across Flats) CMK2
CMA2
MO
X + (2 × stroke) + a* SCM
A WF LL + stroke RC + stroke + a*
MC C 2 GR RD HD GR RA 2 RB+a* RI SCG
T QA 2-EE QA Stroke RF
GB
SCA2
4-DA 18 A WF
øMM
SCS2
øMM
C
øUB
φUA
øMM
P
CKV2
SD
øJ
øD
KK
Width Across Flats B RG (Width Across Flats) CAV2/
KK MO
SD XF MA 4-MD MA RH RE COVP/N2
ø20/ø25 HD
SSD2
Switch mounting: Band SSG

GC GD
X + ℓ + (2 × stroke) + a*
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GR SSD
A WF + ℓ
7.9 RD HD
a b
b CAT
a b In the case of T2W, T3W
P1
ød
øs
MDC2
XF + ℓ
P2 MVC
10 10
With bellows
* a: Adjustable stroke.
SMG
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSD/
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions MSDG
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO QA SD T WF X XF
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 71 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 14 5 17 141 35 FC*
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 71 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 16.5 6 18 152 40
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 73 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 20 6 18 154 40
STK
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 79 12 44 M10 16 14 6 13 26 8 20 188 50
ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 93 13 55 M12 20 17 8 15 32 11 23 217 58
SRL3
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 93 13 69 M14 20 17 8 15 38 11 23 217 58
SRG3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) RA RB RC RE RI RF RG RH UA UB b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W SRM3
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5
ø20 8 19 35 M6 6 7 10 4 11.5 12 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5
SRT3
ø25 10 22 41 M8 7 9 14 5 13.5 16 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5
ø32 10 22 41 M8 7 10 17 5 17.5 20 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5
MRL2
ø40 18 30 59 M 12 x 1.5 9 12 22 6 24 25 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5
ø50 20 32 66 M 16 x 1.5 12 15 30 8 29 35 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0
MRG2
ø63 20 32 66 M 16 x 1.5 12 15 30 10 29 35 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0
SM‑25
RD GD GC HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ShkAbs
ø20 7.5 9.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø25 8.5 10.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
FJ
ø32 9.5 11.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 11.5 13.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
FK
ø50 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 13.0 15.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
* ‌Installation dimensions of the mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 240 to 251.
Ending
271
Round shaped cylinder/
Double acting/stroke adjustable/pull
SCP*3
SCM-R Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-R
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull)
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar) 0.05 (≈7.3 psi, 0.5 bar)
CKV2
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 ( to 1000) +1.4 ( to 1500) +2.3( to 1000), +2.7( to 1500)
0 0 0 0
Adjustable stroke range mm 25, 50
MDC2 Stroke
MVC ø20
ø25 1000
SMG 25, 50, 75
ø32
100, 125, 150 10
MSD/ ø40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
ø50 1500
FC* ø63
*2: Stroke of more than 600 mm will be made to order. Contact CKD for details.
STK
SRM3
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90

ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
272
SCM-R Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CMK2
CKV2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m.:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m :33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m.:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m :87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m :142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
CAT

MDC2
Item/mounting Adjustable Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Added weight /S = Band weight
Bore size (mm) stroke range Basic Axial foot Flange Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm 10 mm (with rail) per switch MVC
25 0.14 0.25 0.17 0.15
ø20 0.010 0.012 0.007
50 0.15 0.25 0.18 0.16 SMG
25 0.25 0.36 0.29 0.27
ø25 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
50 0.26 0.37 0.30 0.28
25 0.37 0.52 0.43 0.40 Refer to the MSDG
ø32 0.018 0.020 0.007
50 0.38 0.52 0.44 0.41 weight in the
FC*
25 0.70 0.89 0.78 0.75 switch
ø40 0.030 0.032 0.007
50 0.72 0.91 0.80 0.77 specifications. STK
25 1.30 1.71 1.64 1.44
ø50 0.044 0.046 0.008
50 1.33 1.75 1.67 1.47
SRL3
25 1.83 2.45 2.33 1.97
ø63 0.052 0.054 0.009
50 1.86 2.48 2.36 2.00
SRG3
Product weight when S = 0 mm................ 0.89 kg
100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm........ 0.032x 10 = 0.32 kg SRM3
(Example) Product weight of SCM-R-LB-40D-100-25-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches................................. 0.036 kg
Product weight.......................................... 0.89 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg = 1.246 kg SRT3
MRL2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa MRG2
(mm) direction 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push - 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102 SM‑25
ø20
Pull - 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102
Push - 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102 ShkAbs
ø25
Pull - 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102
Push - 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 FJ
ø32
Pull - 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push - 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103 FK
ø40
Pull - 1.06x102 1.58x102 2.11x102 3.17x102 4.22x102 5.28x102 6.33x102 7.39x102 8.44x102 9.50x102 1.06x103
Push 98.0 1.96x102 2.95x102 3.93x102 5.89x102 7.85x102 9.82x102 1.18x103 1.37x103 1.57x103 1.77x103 1.96x103 Spd
ø50 Contr
ø63 Ending
273
SCM-R Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-R LB 40 D 100 25 J I LB Axial foot
CMA2 SCM-R LB 40 D 100 25 T0H D J I TA Rod side trunnion
SCM B Bore size (mm)

B Bore size 20 ø20
A Mounting 25 ø25
SCG 32 ø32
*1
40 ø40
SCA2 50 ø50
63 ø63
SCS2 C Port thread
CKV2 N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/ D Cushion
COVP/N2 D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion
SSD2 E Stroke (mm)

E Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 to ø32 10 to 1000
SSG In 1 mm increments
ø40 to ø63 10 to 1500
F Adjustable stroke range (mm)
SSD F Adjustable stroke range 25 25
50 50
CAT G Switch model No.
G Switch model No.
Reed Contact
*3 Indicator
MDC2 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*4
MVC T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
SMG
2-wire
*1 : A
‌ mounting bracket will be shipped with the product
MSD/ if LB, FB or TB is selected. FA/TA is shipped with the T3H* T3V*
3-wire
MSDG product. T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
Proximity
*2 : R
‌ efer to page 272 for the number of installed T2WH* T2WV*
2-wire
FC* switches and the min. stroke. T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
*3 : ‌Switches other than G Switch model No. are T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
also available. (Made to order) T3YH* T3YV*
STK
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
*4 : ‌T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
SRL3 size is from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
style is the rail.
* Lead wire length
*5 : T ‌ he instantaneous max. temperature is the
SRG3 Blank 1 m (standard)
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc.,
instantaneously contact the bellows. 3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
SRM3 *6 : R
‌ efer to Ending Page 85 for custom
specifications of rod end form. H Switch quantity
*7 : ‌“Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available H Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
SRT3 for the “Z” switch mounting.
*8 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together.
H 1 on head side
*9 : ‌Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD D 2
MRL2 if assembling before shipment is necessary. T 3
MRG2 [Example of model No.] I Switch mounting
I Switch mounting
SCM-R-LB-40D-100-25-T0H-D-JI Blank Rail method
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/stroke adjustable (pull) Z Band method
A Mounting : Axial foot

J Option
J Option
ShkAbs B Bore size : ø40 mm Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*5
J Bellows 100°C 200°C
C Port thread : Rc thread *7
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
FJ D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion
Q Switch rail included at shipment
E Stroke :100 mm
FK F Adjustable stroke range : 25 mm
P6 Copper and PTFE free
G Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
Spd H Switch quantity :2 K Accessory
K Accessory I Rod eye
Contr I Switch mounting : Rail method
*8
J Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
B2 Clevis bracket
Ending K Accessory : Rod eye
274
SCM-R Series
How to order
CMA2

(Item B on (Item G on page 274)
page 274) SCG
Bore size
Switch quantity Stroke (*1) (Item B on page 274)
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail
COVP/N2
Bore size
(Item B on
page 274) (*1)
(*2) SSG
Stroke
(Item E on page 274)
SSD
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same MDC2
MVC
[Switch body only] SMG

SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
FC*
Switch model No.
STK
SRL3
Bore size (mm) SRG3
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SRM3
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 SRT3
*2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set. MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
275
SCM-R Series
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
18 19
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
SSG 1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
2 Piston rod Steel Industrial chrome plating 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber
SSD 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 12 Magnet Plastic
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy
CAT 13 Piston H
ø50, ø63: Aluminum alloy die-casting
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
14 Bolt Steel Zinc chromate
MDC2 6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 15 Gasket Nitrile rubber
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 16 Cover Steel Zinc chromate
MVC 8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 17 Die thread Steel + nitrile rubber
ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy 18 Hex socket screw Alloy steel Black finish
SMG 9 Piston R
ø50, ø63: Aluminum alloy die-casting 19 Hexagon nut Steel Nickeling
MSD/ *1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
MSDG
FC*
Repair parts list
STK
ø20 SCM-R-20DK
ø25 SCM-R-25DK
SRL3
ø32 SCM-R-32DK
3 6 10 15 17
SRG3 ø40 SCM-R-40DK
ø50 SCM-R-50DK
SRM3 ø63 SCM-R-63DK
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
276
SCM-R Series
Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull)
dimensions SCP*3
Double acting/adjustable stroke (pull) Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2
X + stroke + a*
MC A WF LL + stroke RC + a* CMA2
GB C N GR RD HD GR RB RF+a* RI
MO QA QA RA
SCM
18 T 2-EE
SCG
4-DA A WF
øMM
SCA2
øMM
C
P
SCS2
SD
øD
øJ
KK Width Across Flats B RE HD CKV2

KK MO
SD XF MA 4-MD MA RG
CAV2/
ø20/ø25 COVP/N2
SSD2

SSG
GC GD
X + ℓ + stroke+a* (Pθ) In the case of T2W, T3W
GR 30.5 30.5 GR SSD
A WF + ℓ 7.9 RD HD
a b
b a b CAT
P1
MDC2
øs
ød
XF + ℓ
10 10 MVC
P2
With bellows
* a indicates adjustable stroke
SMG
off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSD/
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions MSDG
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO N QA SD T WF X
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 71 11 24 M5 8 6 4 2 12 14 5 17 128.5
FC*
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 71 11 29 M6 10 8 5 2 12 16.5 6 18 141
STK
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 73 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 2 12 20 6 18 140
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 79 12 44 M10 16 14 6 2 13 26 8 20 169
SRL3
ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 93 13 55 M12 20 17 8 2 15 32 11 23 198
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 93 13 69 M14 20 17 8 2 15 38 11 23 198
SRG3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) XF RA RB RC RE RI RF RG b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W
SRM3
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W
ø20 35 8 16 22.5 M6 4 2.5 4 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
SRT3
ø25 40 10 20 30 M8 4 6 5 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
ø32 40 10 20 27 M8 4 3 5 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
MRL2
ø40 50 18 32 40 M 12 x 1.5 5 3 6 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
ø50 58 20 37 47 M 16 x 1.5 7 3 8 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
MRG2
ø63 58 20 37 47 M 16 x 1.5 7 3 10 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Code Switch mounting: Band SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W ShkAbs
ø20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) FJ
ø32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) FK
ø50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
* Installation dimensions of the mounting are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 240 to 251.
Ending
277
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/heat resistant
SCM-T Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ‌ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
ø50/ø63/ø80/ø100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-T
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/heat resistant
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 120 (248°F)

COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
+1.8 ( to 1000) +1.8 ( to 1500) +1.4 ( to 1000) +1.8 ( to 1500)
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm , 0
0 0 0
SSG Cushion Rubber cushion Air cushion
Lubrication *1 Not available
SSD Allowable With rubber cushion 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 — — — —
absorbed With air cushion — — — — 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
CAT
energy J Without cushion — — — — 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
*1 : Periodically apply additional heat-resistant grease.
MDC2 *2 : For absorbed energy of the type without cushion, refer to Ending Page 68.
*3 : ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for “No cushion” are the allowable absorbed energy on the non-specified side when an air cushion is selected
MVC for the other side (“R”→ Head side, “H”→ Rod side).
*4 : Without any cushion, this product cannot absorb large energy generated by an external load. Provide a shock absorber on the outside.
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
Stroke
FC*
ø20
STK
ø25 1000
ø32
SRL3 25, 50, 75
ø40
100, 125, 150 10
ø50
SRG3 200, 250, 300
ø63 1500
ø80
SRM3
ø100
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
278
SCM-T Series
Specifications
SCP*3
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight
(Unit:
S =kg)
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion per 10 mm CMK2
ø20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.010
ø25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 CMA2
ø32 0.25 0.41 0.31 0.40 0.28 0.018
ø40 0.40 0.62 0.48 0.63 0.45 0.030 SCM
ø50 0.75 1.23 1.09 1.15 0.89 0.044
ø63 1.05 1.77 1.55 1.73 1.19 0.052 SCG
ø80 2.02 2.98 2.73 2.73 - 0.070
ø100 3.14 4.89 4.49 4.42 - 0.098 SCA2
Product weight when S = 0 mm........ 0.62 kg
Additional weight when S = 100 mm...... 0.030x 10=0.30 kg
100
SCS2
(Example) Product weight of SCM-T-LB-40-100
Product weight.................................. 0.62 kg + 0.30 kg
=0.92 kg CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa SSG
(mm) direction 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
SSD
Push − 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull − 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x10 2
1.32x10 2
1.58x10 2
1.85x10 2
2.11x10 2
2.38x10 2
2.64x10 2
CAT
Push − 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull − 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102 MDC2
Push − 80.4 1.21x10 2
1.61x10 2
2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Pull − 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 MVC
Push − 1.26x10 2
1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103
ø40
Pull − 1.06x102 1.58x102 2.11x102 3.17x102 4.22x102 5.28x102 6.33x102 7.39x102 8.44x102 9.50x102 1.06x103 SMG
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Push 98.0 1.96x10 2.95x10 3.93x10 5.89x10 7.85x10 9.82x10 1.18x10 1.37x10 1.57x10 1.77x10 1.96x10
ø50 MSD/
Pull 82.5 1.65x102 2.47x102 3.30x102 4.95x102 6.60x102 8.25x102 9.90x102 1.15x103 1.32x103 1.48x103 1.65x103 MSDG
ø63 FC*
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
ø80 STK
ø100 SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
Dimensions SRT3
The same dimensions as those of the standard single rod. Refer to pages 238 to 251. MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
279
SCM-T Series
SCP*3
How to order
No switch
CMK2 SCM-T LB 40 D 100 L I

Code Description
CMA2 A Mounting
A Mounting
*1 Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
SCM E Stroke 00 Basic
LB Axial foot
SCG FA Rod side flange
F Option FB Head side flange
SCA2 CA Eye bracket
CB Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
SCS2 TA Rod side trunnion
G Accessory
*3, *4 TB Head side trunnion
CKV2
B Bore size (mm)
CAV2/ B Bore size
20 ø20
COVP/N2
25 ø25
SSD2 32 ø32
40 ø40
SSG 50 ø50
63 ø63
SSD 80 ø80
100 ø100
CAT
C Port thread
C Port thread
MDC2 Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (made-to-order product) With air cushion: ø32 and over
MVC G G thread (made-to-order product) With air cushion: ø32 and over
D Cushion
SMG D Cushion
*2 Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
MSD/ B With two-sided air cushion
MSDG
Precautions for model No. selection
*1 : ‌Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.
FC* *2 : ‌B/R/H are not available for ø20 to ø40.
Only D is available. D With two-sided rubber cushion
D is not available for ø50 to ø100.
STK Only B/R/H are available. E Stroke (mm)
*3 : ‌Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom Bore size Stroke Custom stroke
SRL3 specifications of rod end form. ø20 to ø32 10 to 1000
*4 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. In 1 mm increments
ø40 to ø100 10 to 1500
SRG3 [Example of model No.]
F Option
SCM-T-LB-40D-100-LI Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
SRM3
Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/heat resistant L Bellows material: Silicone rubber glass cloth 250°C 400°C
SRT3 A Mounting : Axial foot M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
B Bore size : ø40 mm
C Port thread : Rc thread G Accessory
MRL2 D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
E Stroke :100 mm I Rod eye
MRG2 F Option : B‌ ellows material for max. ambient temperature 250°C Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
G Accessory : Rod eye
B1 Eye bracket
SM‑25
B2 Clevis bracket
ShkAbs
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100
FJ Mounting bracket
FK Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100
Spd Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100
Contr
Ending *1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts.
280
SCM-T Series
Internal structure and parts list SCP*3
ø20 to ø40 (with rubber cushion)
CMK2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
ø50 to ø100 (with air cushion)
SSD2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 10 12 13 14 15 16
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks FC*
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 10 Piston packing Fluoro rubber
2 Piston rod
ø20, ø25: Stainless steel
Industrial chrome plating
11 Piston gasket Fluoro rubber STK
ø32 to ø100: Steel
ø20 to ø32: Aluminum alloy
12 Piston ring ø40 to ø100: Zinc chromate
3 Rod packing Fluoro rubber ø40 to ø100: Steel SRL3
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy 13 Wear ring Special resin
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy SRG3
14 Piston H
6 Cylinder gasket Fluoro rubber ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 15 Head cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite SRM3
8 Cushion rubber Fluoro rubber 16 Cushion packing Fluoro rubber/steel
9 Piston R
ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy SRT3
ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
MRL2
MRG2
Repair parts list SM‑25
ø20 SCM-T-20K
ShkAbs
ø25 SCM-T-25K
3 6 8 10 13
ø32 SCM-T-32K
FJ
ø40 SCM-T-40K
ø50 SCM-T-50K
FK
ø63 SCM-T-63K 3 6
ø80 SCM-T-80K 10 13 16 Spd

ø100 SCM-T-100K Contr
Ending
281
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/position locking
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ‌ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
ø50/ø63/ø80/ø100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-Q
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/position locking
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/ Port size M5 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc1/2
COVP/N2 Stroke tolerance mm
+1.4 ( to 1000) +1.4 ( to 1500) +1.4 ( to 1000) +1.8 ( to 1500)
0 0 0 , 0
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 30 to 500 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
Cushion Air cushion *1: ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for
“No cushion” are the allowable absorbed
SSG Effective air cushion length mm 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 13.4 13.4 15.4 15.4
energy on the non-specified side when an air
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication) cushion is selected for the other side (“R” →
SSD Position locking mechanism Head side or rod side Head side, “H” → Rod side).
Holding force N Max. thrust x 0.7 *2: ‌Without any cushion, this product cannot
absorb large energy generated by an external
Allowable Cushioned 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.7 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
CAT load.
absorbed energy J Without cushion - - - - 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
Provide a shock absorber on the outside.
MDC2 Stroke
MVC ø20
ø25 1000
SMG ø32
25/50/75/
ø40
100/125/150/ 10
MSD/ ø50
MSDG 200/250/300
ø63 1500
ø80 *1: ‌The custom stroke is available in
FC*
ø100 1 mm increments.

Switch mounting method: Rail
SRG3 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3 ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
ø80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr ø100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
282
SCM-Q Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/ T2YD (*4)
CMK2
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV T2YDT
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable For programmable CMA2
Applications For programmable controller, relay
relay, compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay controller
SCM
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC -
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA SCG
Indicator (Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit LED SCA2
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA SCS2
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166 CKV2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. CAV2/
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1. COVP/N2
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD2
SSG
Cylinder weight
With rod side position locking (R) (Unit: kg) SSD
Bore size (mm) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch
ø20 0.15 0.26 0.18 0.20 0.16 0.010 0.012 0.007 CAT
ø25 0.24 0.37 0.28 0.32 0.26 0.014 0.016 0.007
Refer to the
ø32 0.32 0.48 0.38 0.47 0.35 0.018 0.020 0.007
weight in the
MDC2
ø40 0.64 0.86 0.72 0.87 0.69 0.030 0.032 0.007
ø50 1.09 1.57 1.43 1.49 1.23 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008
ø63 1.49 2.21 1.99 2.17 1.63
specifications.
0.052 0.054 0.009 MVC
ø80 2.67 3.63 3.38 3.38 - 0.070 0.072 0.010
ø100 4.15 5.90 5.50 5.43 - 0.098 0.100 0.010
SMG
With head side position locking (H) (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight MSD/
Bore size (mm) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch MSDG
ø20 0.15 0.26 0.18 0.20 0.16 0.010 0.012 0.007
ø25 0.24 0.37 0.28 0.32 0.26
Refer to the
0.014 0.016 0.007 FC*
ø32 0.35 0.51 0.41 0.50 0.38 0.018 0.020 0.007
ø40 0.69 0.91 0.77 0.92 0.74 weight in the 0.030 0.032 0.007
ø50 1.19 1.67 1.53 1.59 1.33 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008 STK
ø63 1.60 2.32 2.10 2.28 1.74 0.052 0.054 0.009
specifications.
ø80 2.86 3.82 3.57 3.57 - 0.070 0.072 0.010
ø100 4.30 6.05 5.65 5.58 - 0.098 0.100 0.010
SRL3
Product weight when S = 0 mm.............................................. 0.86 kg
Additional weight when S = 100 mm...................................... 0.032x 10=0.32 kg
100 SRG3
(Example) Product weight of SCM-Q-LB-40B-100-R-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches............................................................... 0.036 kg
Product weight........................................................................ 0.86 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=1.216 kg SRM3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SRT3

Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRL2
Push - 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull - 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102 MRG2
Push - 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull - 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102
Push - 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 SM‑25
ø32
Pull - 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push - 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103 ShkAbs
ø40 -
Pull 1.58x102 2.11x102 3.17x102 4.22x102 5.28x102 6.33x102 7.39x102 8.44x102 9.50x102 1.06x103
Push 1.96x102 2.95x102 3.93x102 5.89x102 7.85x102 9.82x102 1.18x103 1.37x103 1.57x103 1.77x103 1.96x103
ø50 FJ
Pull 1.65x102 2.47x102 3.30x102 4.95x102 6.60x102 8.25x102 9.90x102 1.15x103 1.32x103 1.48x103 1.65x103
ø63
Pull 2.80x102 4.20x102 5.61x102 8.41x102 1.12x103 1.40x103 1.68x103 1.96x103 2.24x103 2.52x103 2.80x103 FK
ø80 Spd
Push 7.85x102 1.18x103 1.57x103 2.36x103 3.14x103 3.93x103 4.71x103 5.50x103 6.28x103 7.07x103 7.85x103 Contr
ø100
Ending
Be sure to read “Safety precautions” 3. Position locking SCM-Q (pages 347, 349 and 350) before use.
283
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-Q LB 40 B 100 R Q I 00 Basic
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) LB Axial foot
SCM-Q LB 40 B 100 R T2H D Q I FA Rod side flange
CA Eye bracket
Mounting Rod side trunnion
A TA
(Rod side position locking N/A)
SCG *1, *2
Head side trunnion
TB
(head side position locking N/A)
SCA2 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 ø20
25 ø25
SCS2
32 ø32
40 ø40
CKV2 50 ø50
63 ø63
CAV2/ 80 ø80
COVP/N2 100 ø100
C Port thread
SSD2 C Port thread Blank Rc thread
N NPT thread (made-to-order product) ø32 and over
SSG G G thread (made-to-order product) ø32 and over
D Cushion
D Cushion B With two-sided air cushion
SSD
CAT
E Stroke (mm)
MDC2 ø20 to ø32 10 to 1000
In 1 mm increments
ø40 to ø100 10 to 1500
MVC F Position locking mechanism
F Position locking mechanism R With rod side position locking
H With head side position locking
SMG Precautions for model No. selection G Switch model No.
G Switch model No.
Reed Contact
MSD/ *1 : .M ‌ ounting bracket will be shipped with the product. Axial Radial Voltage Lead
*4 Indicator
MSDG *2 : ‌.When the mounting is LB, the cylinder cannot be lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
mounted on the frame if a bracket is already *5 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
attached to the cylinder. Refer to Safety precautions T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
FC*
for details. T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
*3 :.‌Refer to page 282 for the number of installed T1H* T1V*
STK switches and the min. stroke. 2-wire
*4 :.‌Switches other than G Switch model No. are T3H* T3V*
SRL3 T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
Proximity
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2WH* T2WV*

*5 : ‌.T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore 2-wire
size is from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting
T2YH* T2YV*
SRG3 2-color LED
style is the rail. T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
*6 :.‌Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom T3YH* T3YV*
SRM3 specifications of rod end form. T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
*7 : ‌.“Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
for the “Z” switch mounting. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRT3 *8 : .“I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. * Lead wire length
*9 : ‌.Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD Blank 1 m (standard)
MRL2 if assembling before shipment is necessary. 3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
MRG2 H Switch quantity

[Example of model No.] H Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
SCM-Q-LB-40B-100-R-T2H-D-QI H 1 on head side
SM‑25 D 2
Model: Round shaped cylinder, position locking T 3
ShkAbs A Mounting : Axial foot 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
B Bore size : ø40 mm I Switch mounting
I Switch
C Port thread : Rc thread Blank Rail method
FJ Installation method Z Band method
D Cushion : With two-sided air cushion
E Stroke :100 mm J Option
FK F Position locking mechanism : With rod side position locking
J Option Q Switch rail included at shipment
G Switch model No.
*7 P6 Copper and PTFE free (made-to-order product)
: Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m
Spd
H Switch quantity :2 K Accessory
Contr K Accessory
I Switch mounting : Rail Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
J Option : Switch rail included at shipment *8 I Rod eye
Ending Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
K Accessory : Rod eye
B1 Eye bracket
284 B2 Clevis bracket
SCM-Q Series
How to order/operational explanation
CMA2

(Item G on page 284) (Item B on (Item G on page 284)
page 284) SCG
Bore size
Mounting bracket set + band

SCS2
Mounting rail only SCM Z 40
CKV2
SCM T 40 100
CAV2/
Bore size COVP/N2
Mounting rail (Item B on page 284)
Bore size SSD2
(*1)
(*2) [Switch body only] SSG
Stroke
SW T0H SSD
CAT
Switch model No.
(Item G on page 284) MDC2
*2: ‌If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same MVC
SMG
How to order mounting bracket MSD/
Bore size (mm) MSDG
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100
Mounting bracket FC*
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100 STK
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63
Clevis bracket (CB) SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100 SRL3
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
Clean-room specifications (Catalog No. CB-033SA) Specifications for rechargeable battery (Catalog No. CC-1226A)
Design compatible with rechargeable battery manufacturing process

MRG2
Anti-dust generation structure for use in cleanrooms
SCM-Q-……………- P7* SCM-Q -…- P4* SM‑25
SCM-Q-……………- P5* * Contact CKD for details. ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
285
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
Operational explanation
CMK2 When locked When the cylinder piston comes to the When unlocked
When the piston 1 of the cylinder stroke end and the sleeve groove A When pressure is supplied to the port,
moves toward the stroke end, the reaches the stopper piston position, the the stopper piston pushes up the
CMA2 stopper piston 3 is pushed up along stopper piston is pushed down by the spring and slips out of the sleeve
the slope of the sleeve 2 . spring 4 and fits into the groove, groove, releasing the lock.
SCM completing the lock action.
SCG 1 2 3 4 A
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2 Port
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
286
SCM-Q Series
Internal structure and parts list SCP*3
SCM-Q (rod side position locking)
CMK2
ø20 to ø40 ø50 to ø100
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 15 18 19 20 13 14 16 17 15 18 19 20 CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
SCM-Q (head side position locking)
CKV2
ø20 to ø40 ø50 to ø100 CAV2/
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 15 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 6 7 8 9 22 15 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 6 7 8 9 22
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 16 Magnet Plastic MVC
ø20, ø25: Stainless steel ø32 17 Wear ring Polyacetal resin
to ø100: Steel
18 Piston H
ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy SMG
3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy 19 Cushion packing Nitrile rubber/steel

MSD/
MSDG
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 20 Head cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
6 Spring Steel 21 Spring pin Steel FC*
7 Cushion rubber (B) Urethane rubber 22 Sleeve Steel Nitriding
8 Stopper piston Steel Nitriding 23 Hex socket screw Alloy steel Black finish STK
9 Piston packing (B) Nitrile rubber 24 Stopper cover Aluminum alloy Chromate
10 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 25 Needle gasket Nitrile rubber SRL3
11 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 26 Holder gasket Nitrile rubber
12 Cushion rubber (A) Urethane rubber 27 Needle holder Aluminum alloy SRG3
ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy 28 Lock nut Steel Nickeling
13 Piston R
ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting 29 Needle Stainless steel SRM3
14 Piston packing (A) Nitrile rubber 30 Knob Aluminum alloy Chromate
15 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber SRT3
MRL2
Repair parts list
MRG2
ø20 SCM-Q-20BK
ø25 SCM-Q-25BK
SM‑25
ø32 SCM-Q-32BK
ø40 SCM-Q-40BK 3 7 9 10 12
ShkAbs
ø50 SCM-Q-50BK 14 17 19 25 26
ø63 SCM-Q-63BK FJ
ø80 SCM-Q-80BK
ø100 SCM-Q-100BK FK
Note: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
Spd
Contr
Ending
287
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2 (With rod side position locking) Switch mounting: Rail
CMA2
SCM MO
MC X + stroke
SCG GB A WF LL + stroke N
18 N 34 RD Air cushion HD 17
C 29 Needle 12
SCA2 8-DA 10° Eθ T 19 10 2-EE
SCS2
øMM
P
x.)
CKV2
øRC
øΗC
CD
SD
BV
øD
(Ma
øJ
øJ
EC
CAV2/
ø10.5
CS
COVP/N2 CL KK XF 2-MD MB
CH SD
SSD2 CT
BV arrow view HD
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2 In the case of T2W, T3W

MVC GC GD
(Pθ) 34 30.5 30.5 17
SMG RD HD
7.9
MSD/ a b
a b
MSDG
FC*
P1
P3
STK
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position P2 10 10
SRL3 HD: Head side max. sensitivity position
*1: When the mounting type is LB, the cylinder cannot be mounted on the frame if a bracket is already attached to the cylinder. Refer to Safety precautions for details.
SRG3 *2: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRM3 Bore size (mm) A B C CD CH CL CS CT D DA EC EE Eθ HC J KK LL MB MC MD MM MO
ø20 18 13 16 16 15.5 22 9.5 28 26 M4 depth 6.5 27 M5 30° 26 12 M8 84 11 25 M5 8 4
SRT3 ø25 22 17 20 16 15.5 22 9.5 31 31 M5 depth 6.5 29.5 M5 30° 31 14 M 10 x 1.25 84 11 31 M6 10 5
ø32 22 17 20 16 15.5 22 9.5 31.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 38 18 M 10 x 1.25 86 10 32 M8 12 5.5
MRL2 Code Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
HD RD GC GD
MRG2 Bore size (mm) MN N RC SD T WF X XF P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø20 6 2 30 14 5 17 121 35 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
SM‑25
ø25 8 2 35 16.5 6 18 126 40 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5
ø32 10 2 38 20 6 18 128 40 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
ShkAbs
Code
HD RD
FJ Bore size (mm) T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
ø25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
Spd ø32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
Contr
Ending
288
SCM-Q Series
Double acting/position locking (ø20 to 32)
Basic (00)
(With head side position locking) CMK2
X + stroke MC
A WF LL + stroke N
CMA2
GB
N 19 RD HD 32 18
Air cushion
C 14 Needle 27 SCM
T 12 17 2-EE Eθ 10° 8-DA
SCG
øMM
P
SCA2
EC
BV
øRC
SD
CD
øD
(
øJ
øJ
øΗC
Ma
x.)
SCS2
ø10.5
CS
KK XF 11 2-MD CL
SD CH CKV2
Width Across Flats B CT
HD
BV arrow view
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT

MDC2
GC GD
19 30.5 30.5 32 (Pθ)
MVC
RD HD 7.9
a b b a SMG
MSD/
MSDG
P1
P3
FC*
P2 STK
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position 10 10
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position SRL3
*2: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. SRG3
Bore size (mm) A B C CD CH CL CS CT D DA EC EE Eθ HC J KK LL MC MD MM MO MN SRM3
ø20 18 13 16 16 15.5 22 9.5 28 26 M4 depth 6.5 27 M5 30° 30 12 M8 84 25 M5 8 4 6
ø25 22 17 20 16 15.5 22 9.5 31 31 M5 depth 6.5 29.5 M5 30° 35 14 M 10 x 1.25 84 31 M6 10 5 8
SRT3
ø32 22 17 20 16 15.5 22 9.5 31.5 38 M5 depth 7.5 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 38 18 M 10 x 1.25 86 32 M8 12 5.5 10
Code Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
MRL2
HD RD GC GD
Bore size (mm) N RC SD T WF X XF P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W MRG2
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø20 2 26 14 5 17 121 35 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
SM‑25
ø25 2 31 16.5 6 18 126 40 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5
ø32 2 38 20 6 18 128 40 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5
ShkAbs
Code
HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ FJ
T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø20 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FK
ø25 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°) Spd
Contr
Ending
289
SCM-Q Series
SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2 (With rod side position locking) Switch mounting: Rail
CMA2
SCM MO
MC X + stroke
GB A WF LL + stroke N
SCG GH
18 N GR RD HD
C EA Air EB
SCA2 8-DA 10° 20° T QA Cushion needle
QB 2-EE
øMM
SCS2
P
x.)
(Ma
BV
øΗC
SD
øRC
øD
CKV2
30
øJ
øJ
EC
CAV2/
ø14.5
COVP/N2 9 KK XF 2-MD MB
40 17 SD
SSD2 CT
HD
BV arrow view
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2 Switch mounting: Band
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
MVC
7.9 RD HD
b a b
a
SMG
MSD/
P1
MSDG
FC*
P2
10 10
STK
*2: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRL3
Bore size (mm) A B C CT D DA EA EB EC EE GH GR HC J KK LL MA MB MC MD
SRG3 ø40 30 22 27 37.5 47 M6 depth 12 45 14 36.6 Rc1/8 19 50 47 25 M 14 x 1.5 108 12 10 41 M10
ø50 35 27 32 43.5 58 M8 depth 16 48.5 15.5 43 Rc1/4 22 55 58 30 M 18 x 1.5 120 13 12 53 M12
SRM3 ø63 35 27 32 49.5 72 M10 depth 16 48.5 15.5 50 Rc1/4 22 55 72 32 M 18 x 1.5 120 13 12 65 M14
ø80 40 32 37 57.5 89 M10 depth 22 50 20 58.5 Rc3/8 28 58 89 40 M 22 x 1.5 138 - - 81 -
ø100 40 41 37 68.5 110 M12 depth 22 50 20 69 Rc1/2 28 58 110 50 M 26 x 1.5 138 - - 103 -
SRT3
Code Switch mounting: Rail
HD
MRL2 Bore size (mm) MM MO MN N QA QB RC SD T WF X XF P GB T2/T2R T2W
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W
ø40 16 6 14 2 26.5 12 51 26 8 20 160 50 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 8.5
MRG2 ø50 20 8 17 2 30 12 61 32 11 23 180 58 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 7.5
ø63 20 8 17 2 30 12 72 38 11 23 180 58 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 8.5
SM‑25 ø80 25 11 22 3 31.5 15 89 50 13 31 212 71 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 10.5
ø100 30 13 27 3 31.5 15 110 60 16 31 212 71 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 13.0
ShkAbs Code Switch mounting: Band
RD GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
FJ T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø40 11.5 11.5 9.5 7.5 7.5 5.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 11.5 11.5 9.5 30.2 32.1 14 (26°)
ø50 13.0 13.0 10.5 9.0 9.0 6.5 7.0 7.0 3.5 11.0 11.0 7.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 35.7 37.4 14 (22°)
FK ø63 13.0 13.0 11.5 9.0 9.0 7.5 7.0 7.0 4.5 11.0 11.0 8.5 13.0 13.0 11.5 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
ø80 20.0 20.0 13.5 16.0 16.0 9.5 9.0 9.0 6.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 20.0 20.0 13.5 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Spd
ø100 19.5 19.5 15.0 15.5 15.5 11.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 13.5 13.5 13.0 19.5 19.5 15.0 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Contr
Ending
290
SCM-Q Series
Double acting/position locking (ø40 to 100)
Basic (00)
· Switch mounting method: Rail CMK2
(With head side position locking)
MN (Width across flats)
CMA2
MO SCM
X + stroke MC
A WF LL + stroke N GB SCG
N GR RD HD GH 18
C EA Air EB
T cushion needle 20° 10° 8-DA SCA2
QA QB 2-EE
øMM
SCS2
P
EC
øHC
øRC
øD
(Ma
30
BV
SD
CKV2
øJ
øJ
x.)
CAV2/
ø14.5
KK XF MA 2-MD
9 COVP/N2
SD 17 40
Width across flats B
HD CT SSD2
BV arrow view
SSG
SSD
CAT
· Switch mounting: Band MDC2

GC GD
(Pθ)
GR 30.5 30.5 GH MVC
RD HD 7.9
a b b a
SMG
MSD/
P1
MSDG
FC*
P2
10 10
STK
*1 : When the mounting is LB, the cylinder cannot be mounted on the frame if a bracket is already attached to the cylinder. Refer to Safety precautions for details.
*2 : Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRL3
Bore size (mm) A B C CT D DA EA EB EC EE GH GR HC J KK LL MA MB MC MD
SRG3
ø40 30 22 27 37.5 47 M6 depth 12 15 44 36.6 Rc1/8 49 20 51 25 M14x1.5 108 12 10 41 M10
ø50 35 27 32 43.5 58 M8 depth 16 18.5 45.5 43 Rc1/4 52 25 61 30 M18x1.5 120 13 12 53 M12
ø63 35 27 32 49.5 72 M10 depth 16 18.5 45.5 50 Rc1/4 52 25 72 32 M18x1.5 120 13 12 65 M14 SRM3
ø80 40 32 37 57.5 89 M10 depth 22 20 50 58.5 Rc3/8 58 28 89 40 M22x1.5 138 - - 81 -
ø100 40 41 37 68.5 110 M12 depth 22 20 50 69 Rc1/2 58 28 110 50 M26x1.5 138 - - 103 - SRT3
Code Switch mounting: Rail
HD RD MRL2
Bore size (mm) MM MO MN N QA QB RC SD T WF X XF P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W
ø40 16 6 14 2 13 25.5 47 26 8 20 160 50 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 8.5 11.5 11.5 9.5
MRG2
ø50 20 8 17 2 15 27 58 32 11 23 180 58 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 7.5 13.0 13.0 10.5
ø63 20 8 17 2 15 27 72 38 11 23 180 58 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 8.5 13.0 13.0 11.5
ø80 25 11 22 3 15 31.5 89 50 13 31 212 71 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 10.5 20.0 20.0 13.5 SM‑25
ø100 30 13 27 3 15 31.5 110 60 16 31 212 71 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 13.0 19.5 19.5 15.0
Code Switch mounting: Band ShkAbs
GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2, T3
T2W
T3W FJ
ø40 7.5 7.5 5.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 11.5 11.5 9.5 30.2 32.1 14 (26°)
ø50 9.0 9.0 6.5 7.0 7.0 3.5 11.0 11.0 7.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 35.7 37.4 14 (22°)
ø63 9.0 9.0 7.5 7.0 7.0 4.5 11.0 11.0 8.5 13.0 13.0 11.5 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
FK
ø80 16.0 16.0 9.5 9.0 9.0 6.5 13.0 13.0 10.5 20.0 20.0 13.5 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
Spd
ø100 15.5 15.5 11.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 13.5 13.5 13.0 19.5 19.5 15.0 61.7 63.5 16 (16°)
Contr
Ending
291
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/fine speed
SCM-F Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/fine speed
SCS2
CKV2
COVP/N2
Port size Rc1/8
0
SSD Lubrication Not available
CAT
MDC2 Stroke
MVC
ø20
SMG
ø25 25, 50, 75, 100,
MSD/ 125, 150, 200, 500 10
MSDG ø32 250, 300
FC*
ø40
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
SRT3 (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SM‑25 position is different. Refer to page 345 for mounting position.
ShkAbs Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
FJ Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
(mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending
292
SCM-F Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2
CAT
MDC2
MVC
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (Withswitch rail ) per switch SMG
ø 20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 Refer to the 0.01 0.012 0.007
MSD/
ø 25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 weight in the 0.014 0.016 0.007
MSDG
ø 32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 switch 0.018 0.02 0.007
ø 40 0.41 0.63 0.49 0.64 0.46 specifications. 0.03 0.032 0.007 FC*
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.63 kg STK

100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm······0.032x =0.32 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-F-LB-40B-100-T2H-D
10
Weight of 2 switches··························0.018x2=0.036 kg SRL3

Product weight··································0.63 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=0.986 kg
SRG3
SRM3

SRT3
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRL2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102 MRG2
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102 SM‑25
Push 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
ShkAbs
ø40
FJ
FK
Spd
Dimensions Contr
Same as SCM Series (double acting/single rod). Refer to pages 240 to 251. Ending
293
SCM-F Series
SCP*3
How to order
CMK2 SCM-F LB 40 D 100 M I

CMA2 SCM-F LB 40 D 100 T2H D Z M I
J Accessory
SCM Model No. A Mounting I Option
*6
*1
SCG Code Description
A Mounting
00 Basic
SCA2 LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
SCS2 FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
CKV2 TA Rod side trunnion
CAV2/ B Bore size (mm)
COVP/N2 B Bore size
20 ø20
SSD2 25 ø25
32 ø32
40 ø40
SSG
C Port thread
SSD
CAT
D Cushion
D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion
MDC2
E Stroke (mm)
E Stroke
MVC ø20 to ø40 10 to 500 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.
SMG F Switch model No.
Reed Contact

*3 Indicator
MSD/ lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*4
MSDG T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
FC* Precautions for model No. selection T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T1H* T1V*
2-wire
STK *2 : Refer to page 292 for the number of installed T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
switches and the min. stroke. T3H* T3V*
3-wire
*3 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
SRL3
Proximity
also available. (Made to order) T2WH* T2WV*

2-wire
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YH* T2YV*
SRG3 *4 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
when the switch mounting style is the rail. 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
*5 : R
efer to Ending Page 85 for custom
SRM3 specifications of rod end form. T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
*6 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
SRT3 for the “Z” switch mounting. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*7 : I and Y cannot be selected at the same time. * Lead wire length
*8 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD Blank 1 m (standard)
MRL2 if assembling before shipment is necessary.
3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
MRG2 [Example of model No.] G Switch quantity
SCM-F-LB-40D-100-T2H-D-ZMI G Switch quantity
R 1 on rod side
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting H 1 on head side
A Mounting : Axial foot D 2
ShkAbs B Bore size : ø40 mm T 3
C Port thread : Rc thread 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
FJ D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion H Switch mounting
E Stroke : 100 mm H Switch Blank Rail method
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m mounting Z Band method
FK G Switch quantity : 2 *6
H Switch mounting : Band
I Option
Spd Q Switch rail included at shipment
Contr I Option : Piston rod material (stainless steel)
J Accessory : Rod eye M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Ending
J Accessory
I Rod eye
Y Rod clevis
294
B2 Clevis bracket
SCM-F Series
How to order
How to order switch [Switch mounting: Band]
SCP*3
[Switch mounting: Rail] Switch body + mounting bracket set + band
Switch body + mounting rail set SCM T2H* 40 Z CMK2
SCM T0H* D 40 100
CMA2
Switch model No.
(Item F on page 294) SCM
(Item F on page 294) (Item B on Bore size
page 294) SCG
(Item G on page 294) (Item E on page 294) Mounting bracket set + band SCA2
Mounting rail only SCM Z 40
SCS2
SCM T 40 100
Bore size CKV2
Mounting rail
(Item B on page 294) CAV2/
Bore size COVP/N2
(Item B on page 294) [Switch body only]
SSD2
Stroke (*1) SW T0H*
(Item E on page 294) (*2)
SSG
Switch model No. SSD

*1: Indicate X if the stroke exceeds 300 mm. (Item F on page 294)
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment length)
will be included per switch. CAT
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same number of
rails as that of applicable switches.
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
How to order mounting bracket MRG2

Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 SM‑25
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40
ShkAbs
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40
FJ
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - -
Trunnion (TA/TB) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
295
SCM-F Series
Measuring method
SCP*3 Measurement data Measuring method

SSD-F-16-30
CMK2
CMA2
SCM Laser displacement meter

Analyzing recorder
SCG
Speed controller Speed controller
SC-M5-A-I SC-M5-A-O
SCA2
SC-M5-S-O
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/ Solenoid valve 4KB120
COVP/N2
Pressure 0.5 MPa
SSD2
SSG
SSD
Speed
CAT Stroke
0.92 mm/s
MDC2
Stroke 30 mm
0.90 mm/s
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
0 33.4 s 35.0 s
STK PUSH PULL
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
296
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
297
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/low speed
SCM-O Series
CMK2
ø50/ø63/ø80/ø100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-O
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/low speed

+1.4 +1.4 +2.3 +2.7
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm
0
( to 1000)
0
( to 1500)
0
( to 1000), ( to 1500)
0
SSG
Lubrication Not available
SSD
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.11 0.2 0.53 0.91 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8
CAT Stroke
MDC2 ø20
ø25 1000
25, 50, 75
MVC ø32
100, 125, 150 10
ø40
SMG 200, 250, 300
ø50 1500
MSD/ ø63
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
FC* Number of installed switches and min. stroke (mm)

STK Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRL3 (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRG3 ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90

MRG2
SM‑25 Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
ShkAbs ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
ø83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
298
SCM-O Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed 2-wire proximity CMK2
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
SSD2
CAT
(Unit: kg)
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With
switch rail ) per switch
MVC
ø20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.01 0.012 0.007
ø25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 0.016 0.007
SMG
ø32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 Refer to the 0.018 0.02 0.007
MSDG
ø50 0.77 1.25 1.11 1.17 0.91 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008
ø63 1.07 1.79 1.57 1.75 1.21 specifications. 0.052 0.054 0.009 FC*
ø80 2.04 3.00 2.75 2.75 - 0.07 0.072 0.010
ø100 3.17 4.92 4.52 4.45 - 0.098 0.10 0.010 STK
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.63 kg SRL3

100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm······0.032x 10 =0.32 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-O-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches··························0.036 kg SRG3
Product weight··································0.63 kg+0.32 kg+0.036=0.986 kg
SRM3
(mm) direction 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push − 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102 MRL2
ø20
Pull − 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102
Push − 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102 MRG2
ø25
Pull − 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102
Push − 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 SM‑25
ø32
Pull − 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push − 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103 ShkAbs
ø40
Push 98.0 1.96x102 2.95x102 3.93x102 5.89x102 7.85x102 9.82x102 1.18x103 1.37x103 1.57x103 1.77x103 1.96x103 FJ
ø50
Push 1.56x102 3.12x102 4.68x102 6.23x102 9.35x102 1.25x103 1.56x103 1.87x103 2.18x103 2.49x103 2.81x103 3.12x103 FK
ø63
Push 2.51x102 5.03x102 7.54x102 1.01x103 1.51x103 2.01x103 2.51x103 3.02x103 3.52x103 4.02x103 4.52x103 5.03x103 Spd
ø80 Contr
ø100 Ending
299
SCM-O Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-O LB 40 D 100 J I 00 Basic
LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 SCM-O LB 40 D 100 T2H D J I FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
A Mounting TA Rod side trunnion
SCG *1 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size
SCA2 20 ø20
25 ø25
32 ø32
SCS2 40 ø40
50 ø50
CKV2 63 ø63
80 ø80
CAV2/ 100 ø100
COVP/N2 C Port thread
SSD2
SSG D Cushion
SSD E Stroke (mm)
CAT ø20 to ø32 10 to 1000
In 1 mm increments
ø40 to ø100 10 to 1500
MDC2 F Switch model No.
F Switch model No. Axial Radial
Reed Contact
Voltage Lead
*4 Indicator
MVC *5 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
SMG T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
2-wire
MSD/ T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
MSDG *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T3H* T3V*
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the 3-wire
mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
FC*
Proximity
assembled. T2WH* T2WV*

2-wire
*3 : Refer to page 298 for the number of installed T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
STK switches and the min. stroke. T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
*4 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are T3YH* T3YV*
SRL3 also available. (Made to order) T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
*5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRG3 size is from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting * Lead wire length
style is the rail. Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 *6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the 3 3 m (option)
instantaneously contact the bellows.
SRT3 *7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity
specifications of rod end form. R 1 on rod side
*8 : “ Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not H 1 on head side
MRL2 available for the “Z” switch mounting. D 2
*9 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T 3
MRG2 *10 : S witches are shipped with the product. Contact
CKD if assembling before shipment is necessary.
H Switch mounting
H Switch mounting Blank Rail method
SM‑25 [Example of model No.]
Z Band method
SCM-O-LB-40D-100-T2H-D-JI
ShkAbs I Option
I Option
A Mounting : Axial foot Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*2
B Bore size : ø40 mm J Bellows 100°C 200°C
FJ *6
C Port thread : Rc thread L Bellows 250°C 400°C
*8 Q Switch rail included at shipment
FK E Stroke : 100 mm M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m J Accessory
Spd J Accessory
G Switch quantity : 2 Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Contr *9
H Switch mounting : Rail I Rod eye
I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
Ending B1 Eye bracket
J Accessory : Rod eye
B2 Clevis bracket
300
SCM-O Series
How to order
CMA2

(Item F on page 300) (Item B on (Item F on page 300)
page 300) SCG
Bore size
(Item G on page 300) (Item E on page 300) SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
Bore size
Bore size (Item B on page 300)
SSD2
(*1) SSG
Stroke (*2) [Switch body only]
(Item E on page 300) SSD
*1:Indicate X if the stroke exceeds 300 mm. If exceeding 300 mm, a

SW T0H
short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment length) will be included
CAT
per switch.
*2:If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same Switch model No. MDC2
number of rails as that of applicable switches. (Item F on page 300)
MVC
SMG
MSD/
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100 MSDG
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SCM-LB-80 SCM-LB-100 FC*
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63 - - STK
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100
SRL3
*2: The foot mounting bracket is provided as 2 pcs./set. SRG3
Internal structure SRM3
Same as standard. Refer to page 236. SRT3
MRL2
Repair parts list
MRG2
ø20 SCM-O-20K
ø25 SCM-O-25K SM‑25
ø32 SCM-O-32K
ø40 SCM-O-40K ShkAbs
3 6 8 10 13
ø50 SCM-O-50K
ø63 SCM-O-63K FJ
ø80 SCM-O-80K
ø100 SCM-O-100K FK
Spd
Dimensions Contr
Same as standard. Refer to pages 238 to 251. Ending
301
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/low friction
SCM-U Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ‌ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40/
CMK2
ø50/ø63/ø80/ø100
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-U
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/low friction
Min. working pressure MPa 0.03 (≈4.4 psi, 0.3 bar)
Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 60 (140°F)
CAV2/
+1.4 +1.4 +2.3 +2.7
Stroke tolerance mm 0 ( to 1000) 0 ( to 1500) 0 ( to 1000), 0 ( to 1500)
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 10 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.)
SSG Lubrication Not available
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8
SSD Internal leakage rate /min 5 8
CAT Stroke
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm) *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
ø20
MDC2
ø25 1000
ø32
MVC 25, 50, 75, 100,
ø40
125, 150, 200, 10
SMG ø50
250, 300
ø63 1500
MSD/ ø80
MSDG ø100
FC* Number of installed switches and min. stroke (mm)
STK Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5
SRL3 Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRG3
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
ø100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 Switch mounting: Band

SM‑25 Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
ShkAbs ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
302
SCM-U Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
SSD2
CAT
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA/FB) Clevis Trunnion (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With
switch rail ) per switch
ø20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.01 0.012 0.007
MVC
ø25 0.17 0.30 0.21 0.25 0.19 0.014 0.016 0.007
SMG
ø32 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.41 0.29 Refer to the 0.018 0.02 0.007
ø50 0.77 1.25 1.11 1.17 0.91 switch 0.044 0.046 0.008 MSDG
ø63 1.07 1.79 1.57 1.75 1.21 specifications. 0.052 0.054 0.009 FC*
ø80 2.04 3.00 2.75 2.75 - 0.07 0.072 0.010
ø100 3.17 4.92 4.52 4.45 - 0.098 0.10 0.010 STK

100
(Example) Product weight of SCM-U-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight··································0.63 kg+0.32 kg+0.036=0.986 kg
SRM3
(mm) direction 0.03 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
Push 9.4 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 MRL2
ø20
Pull 7.9 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102
Push 14.7 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 MRG2
ø25
Pull 12.4 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102
Push 24.1 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 SM‑25
ø32
Pull 20.7 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102
Push 37.7 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 ShkAbs
ø40
Pull 31.7 1.06x102 1.58x102 2.11x102 3.17x102 4.22x102 5.28x102 6.33x102 7.39x102
Push 58.9 1.96x102 2.95x102 3.93x102 5.89x102 7.85x102 9.82x102 1.18x103 1.37x103 FJ
ø50
Pull 49.5 1.65x102 2.47x102 3.30x102 4.95x102 6.60x102 8.25x102 9.90x102 1.15x103
Push 93.5 3.12x102 4.68x102 6.23x102 9.35x102 1.25x103 1.56x103 1.87x103 2.18x103 FK
ø63
Pull 84.1 2.80x102 4.20x102 5.61x102 8.41x102 1.12x103 1.40x103 1.68x103 1.96x103
Push 15.1x102 5.03x102 7.54x102 1.01x103 1.51x103 2.01x103 2.51x103 3.02x103 3.52x103 Spd
ø80 Contr
Pull 13.6x102 4.54x102 6.80x102 9.07x102 1.36x103 1.81x103 2.27x103 2.72x103 3.17x103
Push 23.6x102 7.85x102 1.18x103 1.57x103 2.36x103 3.14x103 3.93x103 4.71x103 5.50x103
ø100 Ending
Pull 21.4x102 7.15x102 1.07x103 1.43x103 2.14x103 2.86x103 3.57x103 4.29x103 5.00x103
303
SCM-U Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-U LB 40 D 100 M I 00 Basic
LB Axial foot
CMA2 With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange
SCM-U LB 40 D 100 T2H D M I FB Head side flange
SCM CA Eye bracket
CB Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring incl.)
SCG A Mounting Rubber cushion TA Rod side trunnion
SCA2 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size
20 ø20
SCS2 25 ø25
32 ø32
40 ø40
CKV2
50 ø50
CAV2/ 63 ø63
COVP/N2 80 ø80
100 ø100
SSD2 C Port thread
C Port thread
Blank Rc thread
SSG N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
SSD D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke
CAT ø20 to ø32 10 to 1000 In 1 mm
ø40 to ø100 10 to 1500 increments
MDC2 E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.
Reed Contact
*3 Indicator
MVC lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
*4
SMG T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
MSD/ T1H* T1V*
MSDG Precautions for model No. selection T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
2-wire
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T3H* T3V*
FC* *2 : Refer to page 302 for the number of installed 3-wire
switches and the min. stroke.
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
STK *3 : Switches other than E Switch model No. are 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
also available. (Made to order) 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. 3-wire
SRL3 *4 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T3YH* T3YV*
size is from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
SRG3 style is the rail. T2YDT* - for AC magnetic field
*5 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRM3 *6 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available
* Lead wire length
for the “Z” switch mounting. Blank 1 m (standard)
*7 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 3 3 m (option)
SRT3 *8 : S witches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if 5 5 m (option)
assembling before shipment is necessary.
MRL2 F Switch quantity
F Switch quantity
R 1 on rod side
H 1 on head side
MRG2 [Example of model No.] D 2
SCM-U-LB-40D-100-T2H-D-MI T 3
SM‑25 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/low friction 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
A Mounting : Axial foot G Switch mounting
ShkAbs B Bore size : ø40 mm G Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
C Port thread : Rc thread Z Band method
FJ D Stroke : 100 mm
H Option
E Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m H Option
FK F Switch quantity : 2 *6
G Switch mounting : Rail M Piston rod material (stainless steel)
Spd H Option : Piston rod material/stainless steel I Accessory
I Accessory
Contr I Accessory : Rod eye Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
*7
I Rod eye
B1 Eye bracket
304 B2 Clevis bracket
SCM-U Series
How to order
CMA2
SCM
Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No.
(Item E on page 304) (Item B on (Item E on page 304)
page 304) SCG
Bore size
(Item F on page 304) (Item D on page 304) SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
Bore size
(*1) SSG
Stroke (*2)
(Item D on page 304)
SSD

CAT
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same MDC2
MVC
SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
FC*
Switch model No.
STK
SRL3
Bore size (mm) SRG3
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100
Mounting bracket
SRM3
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100
SRT3
Clevis bracket (CB) - - - - - - SCM-CB-80 SCM-CB-100
MRL2
SM‑25
Dimensions
ShkAbs
Same as SCM Series (double acting/single rod). Refer to pages 238 to 251.
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
305
SCM-U Series
SCP*3 Sliding resistance
CMK2 Values are measured under the following conditions. As the values vary
with the installation method, pressurizing direction, etc., they are not guaranteed.
CMA2
SCM
(Test conditions)
SCG Cylinder SCM-U
Mounting direction of cylinder Vertical
SCA2 Cylinder speed 10 mm/min (driven by external motor)
Cylinder pressurizing direction Head side (the rod end is open to atmosphere)
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/ Sliding resistance (ø20 to ø50)
COVP/N2
20
SSD2
SSG 15
Sliding resistance (N)
ø50
SSD
ø40
10
ø32
CAT
MDC2 5
ø25
ø20
MVC
0
SMG 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Supply pressure (MPa)
MSD/
MSDG
FC* Sliding resistance (ø63 to ø100)
STK 30
SRL3 25
ø100
Sliding resistance (N)
ø80
SRG3 20
SRM3 15
ø63
SRT3 10
MRL2 5
MRG2 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Supply pressure (MPa)
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
306
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
307
Round shaped cylinder Double acting/double rod
SCM-D Series
CMK2
ø50/ø63/ø80/ø100
JIS symbol Double acting cylinder double rod
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-D
Actuation Double acting/double rod
SCA2
SCS2 Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
With rubber cushion Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc8/3 Rc1/2
CAV2/ Port size
With air cushion M5 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc8/3 Rc1/2
COVP/N2
With rubber +1.4 +2.3
( to 600)
SSD2 Stroke cushion 0 0
tolerancemm With air +1.4 +1.4
( to 600)
cushion 0 0
SSG
Working piston speed mm/s 30 to 1000 (Operate within the allowable absorbed energy.) *1: ‌The values of allowable absorbed energy for “No cushion”
are the allowable absorbed energy on the non-specified
Cushion Either rubber cushion or air cushion can be selected.
SSD side when an air cushion is selected for the other side (“R”
Effective air cushion length mm 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 13.4 13.4 15.4 15.4 → Head side, “H” → Rod side).
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication) *2: W ‌ ithout any cushion, this product cannot absorb large
CAT energy generated by an external load. Provide a shock
Allowable With rubber cushion 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 3.3 5.8 absorber on the outside.
absorbed With air cushion 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.7 8.0 14.4 25.4 45.6
MDC2 energyJ Without cushion - - - - 0.057 0.057 0.112 0.153
Stroke
MVC
ø20
SMG ø25
ø32
MSD/
ø40 25, 50, 75, 100,
MSDG 600 10
ø50 125, 150, 200, 250, 300
FC* ø63
ø80
ø100
STK *1: ‌The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.

SRL3 Switch mounting: Rail
SRG3 Bore size Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity Proximity
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø80 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ø100 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ShkAbs (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
Contr ø83 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø100 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
308
SCM-D Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2
CAT
MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) MVC

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Per S = 10 mm Per S = 10 mm
Switch weight SMG
Additional weight
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Axial foot (LB) Flange (FA) Trunnion (TA) (per 1 pc.) Additional weight (With switch rail)
MSD/
ø20 0.12 0.23 0.20 0.13 0.014 0.016 MSDG
ø25 0.21 0.34 0.31 0.23 0.020 0.22
FC*
ø32 0.32 0.48 0.46 0.35 Refer to the 0.026 0.028
ø40 0.52 0.74 0.72 0.57 weight in the 0.046 0.048 STK
ø50 0.96 1.44 1.30 1.10 switch 0.068 0.070
ø63 1.27 1.99 1.77 1.41 specifications. 0.076 0.078 SRL3
ø80 2.41 3.37 3.12 - 0.108 0.110
ø100 3.73 5.48 5.08 - 0.154 0.156 SRG3
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.74 km SRM3

100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm······0.048 x 10 = 0.48 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-D-LB-40B-100-T2H-D
Weight of 2 switches··························0.018 x 2 = 0.036 kg SRT3
Product weight··································0.74 + 0.48 + 0.036 = 1.256kg
MRL2
MRG2

SM‑25
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
ø20 Push/Pull - 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102
ø25 Push/Pull - 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102 FJ
ø32 Push/Pull - 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
ø40 Push/Pull - 1.58x102 2.11x102 3.17x102 4.22x102 5.28x102 6.33x102 7.39x102 8.44x102 9.50x102 1.06x103 FK
ø63 Push/Pull 2.80x102 4.20x102 5.61x102 8.41x102 1.12x103 1.40x103 1.68x103 1.96x103 2.24x103 2.52x103 2.80x103 Spd
ø80 Push/Pull 4.54x102 6.80x102 9.07x102 1.36x103 1.81x103 2.27x103 2.72x103 3.17x103 3.63x103 4.08x103 4.54x103 Contr
Ending
309
SCM-D Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
CMK2 SCM-D LB 40 B 100 J I 00 Basic
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) LB Axial foot
CMA2 SCM-D LB 40 B 100 T2H D J I FA Rod side flange
TA Rod side trunnion
SCM A Mounting B Bore size (mm)

B Bore size 20 ø20
25 ø25
SCG 32 ø32
40 ø40
SCA2 50 ø50
63 ø63
SCS2 80 ø80
100 ø100
CKV2 C Port thread

C Port thread
Blank Rc thread
CAV2/ N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
COVP/N2 G G thread (made-to-order product)
D Cushion
SSD2 D Cushion B With two-sided air cushion
SSG H Head side air cushioned
SSD E Stroke (mm)
E Stroke Bore size Stroke Custom stroke
CAT ø20 to ø100 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.
F Switch model No.
Reed Contact
MDC2 Axial Radial Voltage Lead
*4 Indicator
*5 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
MVC
SMG Precautions for model No. selection T1H* T1V*
2-wire
MSD/ *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T3H* T3V*
MSDG *2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
3-wire
mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped
Proximity
assembled. T2WH* T2WV*

FC* 2-wire
2-color LED
switches and the min. stroke. T3WH* T3WV*
STK *4 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
also available. (Made to order) T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
SRL3 Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
*5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRG3 * Lead wire length
style is the rail.
Blank 1 m (standard)
*6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the
SRM3 5 5 m (option)
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom G Switch quantity
SRT3 specifications of rod end form. G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
*8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available
H 1 on head side
for the “Z” switch mounting.
MRL2 *9 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD D 2
if assembling before shipment is necessary. T 3
[Example of model No.] H Switch mounting
H Switch mounting
SM‑25 SCM-D-LB-40B-100-T2H-D-JI Blank Rail method
Z Band method
Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/double rod
ShkAbs I Option
B Bore size : ø40 mm *2
FJ C Port thread : Rc thread *6
D Cushion : With two-sided air cushion *8
F Switch model No. : Proximity T2H switch, lead wire 1 m P6 Copper and PTFE free
Spd G Switch quantity :2
Contr H Switch mounting : Rail
J Accessory
J Accessory Bore size (ø) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C
I Rod eye
Ending J Accessory : Rod eye
B2 Clevis bracket
310
SCM-D Series
How to order
SCM T0H D 40 100 SCM T 40 100
CMA2
Mounting rail
SCM
(Item F on page 310) (Item B on Bore size
page 310) (Item B on page 310) SCG
(*1)
(*1) (*2)
Switch quantity Stroke Stroke
(Item G on page 310) (Item E on page 310) (Item E on page 310)
SCA2
SCS2
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch
adjustment length) will be included per switch. CKV2
number of rails as that of applicable switches. CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
[Switch mounting: Band]
SSG
SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40 SSD
CAT
(Item F on page 310) (Item B on page 310) MDC2
Bore size
(Item B on page 310) MVC
SMG
MSD/
[Switch body only] MSDG
SW T0H FC*
STK
Switch model No.
SRL3
SRG3
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100
Mounting bracket SRM3
Flange (FA) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 SCM-FA-80 SCM-FA-100 SRT3
Trunnion (TA) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 - -
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
311
SCM-D Series
SCP*3
With rubber cushion
CMK2 ø20 to ø40 ø50 to ø100
CMA2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 11 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 9 11 13 14
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2 With air cushion

CAV2/ ø20 to ø40
16 15 19 20 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 21 8 9 10 12 11 13 14
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC ø50 to ø100
SMG 16 15 19 20 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 21 9 10 12 11 13 14
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3 No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Nickeling 12 Magnet Plastic
MRL2 ø20, ø25: Stainless steel ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy
2 Piston rod A Industrial chrome plating 13 Piston H
ø32 to ø100: Steel ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting
MRG2 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber ø20, ø25: Stainless steel

14 Piston rod B Industrial chrome plating
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy *1 ø32 to ø100: Steel
SM‑25 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite With air cushion
6 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 15 Needle gasket Nitrile rubber
ShkAbs 7 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard alumite 16 Holder gasket Nitrile rubber
8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 17 Needle holder Aluminum alloy
FJ ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy 18 Lock nut Steel Nickeling
9 Piston R
ø50 to ø100: Aluminum alloy die-casting 19 Needle Stainless steel
FK 10 Piston packing Nitrile rubber 20 Knob Aluminum alloy Chromate
11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber 21 Cushion packing Nitrile rubber/steel
Spd
Contr *1: Oil-impregnated cast iron bearing for copper and PTFE free.
Ending
312
SCM-D Series
Repair parts list
Repair parts list SCP*3
Note: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
With rubber cushion With air cushion CMK2
Bore Bore
Kit No. Repair parts No. Kit No. Repair parts No. CMA2
size (mm) size (mm)
ø20 SCM-D-20DK ø20 SCM-D-20BK
ø25 SCM-D-25DK ø25 SCM-D-25BK SCM
*2
ø40 SCM-D-40DK ø40 SCM-D-40BK SCG
3 6 8 10 3 6 8
ø50 SCM-D-50DK ø50 SCM-D-50BK 10 15 16 21
ø63 SCM-D-63DK ø63 SCM-D-63BK SCA2
ø100 SCM-D-100DK ø100 SCM-D-100BK SCS2
*1: 3 , 6 and 10 are the same as those of the type with rubber cushion.
*2: 8 is not supplied with ø50 to ø100. CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
313
SCM-D Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Double acting double rod (00)
CMK2 [With rubber cushion] MN (Width Across Flats)
CMA2
MO
X+2 × stroke
MC A WF LL + stroke WF + stroke A
SCM
GB C N GR RD HD GR N C
A WF
SCG 8-DA 18 T QA 2-EE QA T
øMM
C HD
øMM
øMM
P
SCA2
SD
øD
øJ
øJ
KK
SCS2 KK
SD KK MO XF MA 4-MD MA XF + stroke
CKV2 ø20/ø25
CAV2/ * Axial foot (LB)
COVP/N2
SSD2
LX' + stroke
SSG
X + 2 x (ℓ + stroke)
SSD With bellows on both sides A WF + ℓ LL + stroke WF + ℓ + stroke A
b b
CAT
ød
ød
øs
øs
MDC2
XF + ℓ XF + ℓ + stroke
MVC
[With air cushion]
Switch mounting: Rail Air cushion
SMG
10° Eθ A WF EA
Needle
EA 10° Eθ
MSD/ EE*
øMM
MSDG C
)
x)
ax
a
FC*
(M
(M
EC
EC
STK KK MO
*1: Piping port (EE) of ø20 and ø25 is different. Refer to the dimensions *3: The positions for the left and right width across flats are unspecified.
SRL3 (EE*) of the type with air cushion. *4: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
*2: Needle relational dimensions of the type with air cushion are the LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRG3 same as those of the double acting. Refer to pages 238 and 239. *5: For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to pages 252 and 253.
SRM3 Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE (Note) GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO N QA SD
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 71 11 24 M5 8 6 4 2 12 14
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 71 11 29 M6 10 8 5 2 12 16.5
SRT3
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 73 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 2 12 20
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 79 12 44 M10 16 14 6 2 13 26
MRL2 ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 93 13 55 M12 20 17 8 2 15 32
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 93 13 69 M14 20 17 8 2 15 38
MRG2 ø80 40 32 37 89 M10 depth 22 Rc3/8 28 40 M 22 x 1.5 108 - 80 - 25 22 11 3 15 50
ø100 40 41 37 110 M12 depth 22 Rc1/2 28 50 M 26 x 1.5 108 - 100 - 30 27 13 3 15 60
SM‑25 Code With bellows With air cushion Switch mounting: Rail
HD RD
Bore size (mm) T WF X XF LX' b d s ℓ EA EC EE* Eθ P GB
ShkAbs T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W
ø20 5 17 141 35 47.2 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 14 27 M5 30° 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
FJ ø25 6 18 151 40 47.2 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 14 29.5 M5 30° 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
ø32 6 18 153 40 47.2 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 14 32.8 Rc1/8 25° 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
FK ø40 8 20 179 50 52.2 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 15 36.6 Rc1/8 20° 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
ø50 11 23 209 58 58 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 43 Rc1/4 20° 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Spd ø63 11 23 209 58 58 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 18.5 50 Rc1/4 20° 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
Contr ø80 13 31 250 71 60 55 50 88.7 (stroke/4.3) + 14.5 20 58.5 Rc3/8 20° 51 26.7 9.5 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0
ø100 16 31 250 71 60 56 60 109.7 (stroke/4.5) + 21 20 69 Rc1/2 20° 61.5 26.7 10.0 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5
Ending
Note: Installation dimensions of the mounting types are the same as those of SCM (double acting). Refer to pages 240 to 251. For axial foot (LB), refer to the figure above.
314
SCM-D Series
Double acting/double rod
Dimensions SCP*3
Double acting double rod
[With rubber cushion] CMK2
CMA2
GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GR SCM
7.9 RD HD
a b
a b
SCG
P1
SCA2
P3
SCS2
10 10
P2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
[With air cushion]
· Switch mounting: Band SSD2
SSG
GC GD SSD
(Pθ)
GR 30.5 30.5 GR
7.9 RD HD CAT
a b
a b
MDC2
P1
P3
MVC
10 10 SMG
P2
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
*1 : Needle relational dimensions of the type with air cushion are the *3 : Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
same as those of the double acting. Refer to pages 238 and 239. LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. SRG3
*2 : The positions for the left and right widths across flats are unspecified.
Code Switch mounting: Band SRM3

Bore size GC GD HD RD
GR P1 P2 P3 Pθ
(mm) T0/T5 T2, T3 T2W
T3W
SRT3
ø20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 19 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) MRL2
ø32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 19 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 20 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) MRG2
ø50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 25 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) SM‑25
ø80 16.0 16.0 18.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 28 13.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 51.2 53.0 16 (16°)
ø100 15.5 15.5 17.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 28 13.5 13.5 15.5 19.5 19.5 21.5 61.7 63.5 16 (16°) ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
315
Double acting/back to back
SCP*3
SCM-B Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-B
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/back to back
SCS2
CKV2
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 +1.4 +2.3
( to 500) ( to 750) ( to 750)
0 0 0
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
CAT
MDC2 Stroke
MVC ø20
ø25 500
SMG 25, 50, 75
ø32
100, 125, 150 10
MSD/ ø40
200, 250, 300
MSDG ø50 750
ø63
FC*
STK
SRM3 ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
ShkAbs Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95

ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
316
SCM-B Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
Indicator (Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit LED SCS2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC, 1 mA or CKV2
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC less
CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61 COVP/N2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1. SSG
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
*4 : Switch for AC magnetic field (T2YD/T2YDT) cannot be used in DC magnetic field. SSD
CAT
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight MDC2
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Basic Axial foot Flange Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With switch rail) per switch
ø20 0.10 0.00 0.11 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.012 0.007 MVC
ø25 0.17 0.00 0.13 0.04 0.02 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007
ø32 0.26 0.02 0.18 0.08 0.05 weight in the 0.018 0.02 0.007 SMG
ø40 0.41 0.05 0.27 0.13 0.10 switch 0.03 0.032 0.007
0.77 0.07 MSD/
ø50 0.55 0.41 0.21 specifications. 0.044 0.046 0.008
ø63 1.07 0.11 0.83 0.61 0.25 0.052 0.054 0.009
MSDG
FC*
‌ roduct weight of
(Example) P [S1 weight]
SCM-B-LB-40D-25-T2H-D-D50-T2H-R Product weight when S = 0 mm 0.41 kg
25 STK
Additional weight when S = 25mm 0.032x 10 =0.08 kg
SRL3
S1 weight 0.41 kg+0.08 kg+0.036 kg=0.526 kg
[S2 weight] SRG3
Product weight when S = 0 mm 0.41 kg
25
Additional weight when S = 50mm 0.032x 10 =0.16 kg SRM3
S2 weight 0.63 kg+0.16 kg+0.018 kg=0.588 kg SRT3
Product weight (S1 weight + S2 weight + additional weight) 0.526 kg+0.588 kg+0.27 kg=1.384 kg
MRL2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa MRG2
(mm) direction 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
SM‑25
Push − 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull − 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102
Push − 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102 ShkAbs
ø25
Pull − 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102
Push − 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 FJ
ø32
Pull − 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push − 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103 FK
ø40
ø50 Contr
ø63 Ending
317
SCM-B Series
SCP*3
How to order Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2
Code Description
S1 stroke S2 stroke A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-B LB 40 D 25 D 50 J Y LB Axial foot
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Cylinder 1 side flange
CMA2 SCM-B LB 40 D 25 T0H D D 50 T0H R J Y FB Cylinder 2 side flange
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 TA Cylinder 1 side trunnion
TB Cylinder 2 side trunnion
SCM A Mounting
*1 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 ø20
SCG
25 ø25
32 ø32
SCA2 40 ø40
50 ø50
SCS2 63 ø63
C Port thread
CKV2 C Port thread
Blank Rc thread
CAV2/
COVP/N2
D Cushion
SSD2 D Cushion D Cushion D With two-sided rubber cushion
E Stroke (mm)
SSG E Stroke E Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
=S1 =S2 ø20 to ø32 10 to 500 In 1 mm
SSD ø40 to ø63 10 to 750 increments
Cylinder 1 stroke 25 mm (S1) F Switch model No.

F Switch model No. F Switch model No.
Reed Contact
CAT + Cylinder 2 stroke 50 mm (S2) Axial Radial Voltage Lead
*4 Indicator
Total stroke 75 mm S1 + S2 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
S1 S2 *3 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
MDC2
MVC T1H* T1V*
2-wire
Precautions for model No. selection T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
SMG T3H* T3V*
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. 3-wire
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the mounting T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
MSD/ Proximity
bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped assembled. T2WH* T2WV*
MSDG 2-wire
switches and the min. stroke. 2-color LED
FC* T3WH* T3WV*
*4 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
also available. (Made to order) T2YD* - 2-color LED
STK Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. AC magnetic field
2-wire
T2YDT* -
*5 : T 8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size is
T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting style is the rail.
SRL3 *6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the * Lead wire length
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 5 5 m (option)
SRM3 *8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity G Switch quantity
for the “Z” switch mounting. R 1 on rod side
SRT3 *9 : S witches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if H 1 on head side
assembling before shipment is necessary. D 2
T 3
MRL2 [Example of model No.]
4 4 (If > 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
SCM-B-LB-40-D25-T0H-D-D50-T0H-R-JY H Switch mounting
MRG2 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/back to back H Switch mounting Blank Rail method
A Mounting : Axial foot Z Band method
SM‑25 B Bore size : ø40 mm
I Option
C Port thread : Rc thread I Option
ShkAbs D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion *2
E Stroke : S1=25 mm Cylinder 1 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
*6
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion *8
FJ Cylinder 2 Q Switch rail included at shipment
E Stroke : S2=50 mm
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch,
FK Lead wire 1 m P6 Copper and PTFE free
G Switch quantity : Cylinder 1; 2 pieces included, J Accessory

Spd J Accessory
Cylinder 2; 1 on rod side I Rod eye
Contr
H Switch mounting : Rail Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C B2 Clevis bracket
Ending
J Accessory : Rod clevis
318
SCM-B Series
How to order
CMA2

page 318) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
Mounting rail only Mounting bracket set + band CKV2

SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
SSD2
Bore size
(Item B on page 318) (*1) SSG
(*2)
Stroke
(Item E on page 318) SSD
CAT
If exceeding 300 mm, a short rail (with 100 mm switch adjustment MDC2
number of rails as that of applicable switches. MVC
SMG
[Switch body only] MSD/
MSDG
SW T0H
FC*
Switch model No. STK

SRL3
How to order mounting bracket SRG3

Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 SRM3
Mounting bracket
Foot (LB) SCM-LB-20 SCM-LB-25 SCM-LB-32 SCM-LB-40 SCM-LB-50 SCM-LB-63 SRT3
Flange (FA) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63
Trunnion (TA) SCM-TA-20 SCM-TA-25 SCM-TA-32 SCM-TA-40 SCM-TA-50 SCM-TA-63 MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
319
SCM-B Series
SCP*3
Applications
When the same strokes are combined, When different strokes are combined,
CMK2 3 positions possible. 4 positions possible.
3 2 1 Reference 4 3 2 1 Reference
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2 Internal structure and parts list

CAV2/
COVP/N2
1 2 6 3 4 5
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 4 Wear ring Polyacetal resin
MSD/
2 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 5 Intermediate cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
MSDG
3 Piston packing Nitrile rubber 6 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber
FC* Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
STK
Repair parts list
SRL3 Bore size (mm) Kit No. Repair parts No.
ø20 SCM-B-20DK
SRG3 ø25 SCM-B-25DK
ø32 SCM-B-32DK
1 2 3 4 6
SRM3 ø40 SCM-B-40DK
ø50 SCM-B-50DK
SRT3 ø63 SCM-B-63DK
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
320
SCM-B Series
Double acting/back to back
dimensions SCP*3
Double acting back to back Switch mounting: Rail
CMA2
MO
X+S1*+S2*
SCM
X + ℓ + stroke
A WF LL+S1*+S2* WF A
MC
QE+S1*
A WF + ℓ GB C 2 GR RD HD HD RD GR 2 C
SCG
A WF
8-DA 18 T QA 4-EE QD QC QD QA
b SCA2
øMM
øMM
C
P
SCS2
SD
øD
ød
øJ
øs
øJ
KK
XF + ℓ SD KK MO Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 CKV2
Width Across Flats B XF MA 4-MD 4-MD MA XF
ø20/ø25 CAV2/
With bellows
COVP/N2
HD
SSD2
SSG
SSD
Switch mounting: Band In the case of T2W, T3W CAT

GC GD GD GC
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 GR MDC2
7.9 RD HD HD RD
d a b c
a b c d
MVC
P1
P3
SMG
P2 10 10 10 10 MSD/
MSDG
*1: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
* S1 = Cylinder 1 stroke, S2 = Cylinder 2 stroke FC*
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GR J KK LL MA MC MD MM MN MO QA QC STK
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 12 M8 137 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 19
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 137 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 19
SRL3
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 143 11 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 21
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 157 12 44 M10 16 14 6 13 25
ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 184 13 55 M12 20 17 8 15 28
SRG3
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 184 13 69 M14 20 17 8 15 28
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail SRM3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) QD QE SD T WF X XF b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W SRT3
ø20 7 59 14 5 17 207 35 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
ø25 7 59 16.5 6 18 217 40 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 MRL2
ø32 7 61 20 6 18 223 40 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
ø40 7 66 26 8 20 257 50 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 MRG2
ø50 10 78 32 11 23 300 58 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ø63 10 78 38 11 23 300 58 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 SM‑25
GC GD HD RD ShkAbs
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
ø20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
ø25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
FK
ø50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Spd
ø63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Contr
Ending
321
Double acting/2-stage
SCP*3
SCM-W Series
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-W
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/2-stage
SCS2
Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar) (*1)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
CAV2/ Ambient temperature°C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2
Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4
SSD2 S1 ±1.4 ±2.3
Stroke tolerance mm +1.4 +2.3
S2
SSG 0 0
SSD Cushion Rubber cushion
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
CAT *1: ‌Max. working pressure is 0.5 MPa when
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6 S1 and S2 are the same value.
MDC2 Stroke
MVC ø20
ø25
SMG 25, 50, 75
ø32
100, 125, 150 600 10
MSD/ ø40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
ø50
FC* ø63
*2: The max. stroke of S2 is 200 mm.
STK
SRG3
SRM3
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
322
SCM-W Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED

SCA2
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA 5 to 20 mA
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
Weightg 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 3 m:166 SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C)
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight per Band weight SMG
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With switch rail) per switch MSD/
ø20 0.10 -0.01 0.10 0.02 0.04 0.00 0.01 0.012 0.007 MSDG
ø25 0.17 -0.02 0.11 0.02 0.06 0.00 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007
FC*
ø32 0.26 -0.01 0.15 0.05 0.14 0.02 weight in the 0.018 0.02 0.007
ø40 0.41 -0.03 0.19 0.05 0.20 0.02 switch 0.03 0.032 0.007
STK
ø50 0.77 -0.06 0.42 0.28 0.34 0.08 specifications. 0.044 0.046 0.008
ø63 1.07 -0.02 0.70 0.48 0.66 0.12 0.052 0.054 0.009 SRL3
(Example) ‌Product weight of [S1 weight]
SRG3
SCM-W-LB-40-D100-T2H-D-D25-T2H-R Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.41 kg
100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm······0.032x 10=0.32 kg
SRM3
Weight of 2 switches··························0.036 kg
S1 weight········································0.41 kg+0.32 kg+0.036 kg=0.766 kg
SRT3
[S2 weight]
Product weight when S = 0 mm············0.41 kg MRL2
25
Additional weight when S = 25mm········0.032x 10=0.08 kg
Weight of 1 switches·························· 0.018 kg MRG2
S2 weight········································ 0.41 kg+0.08 kg+0.018 kg=0.508 kg
Product weight (S1 weight + S2 weight + additional weight)····0.766 kg+0.508 kg+0.19 kg=1.464 kg SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
323
SCM-W Series
SCP*3
How to order Total stroke 1st stage stroke
Code Description
S1 S2 A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-W LB 40 D 100 D 25 J I LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 SCM-W LB 40 D 100 T0H D D 25 T0H R J I FB Head side flange
Cylinder Cylinder CA Eye bracket
TA Rod side trunnion
SCM A Mounting
*1
B Bore size 20 ø20
25 ø25
SCA2 32 ø32
40 ø40
SCS2 50 ø50
63 ø63
CKV2 C Port thread
C Port thread C Port thread Blank Rc thread
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2 D Cushion
D Cushion D Cushion
1st stage stroke 25 mm (S2) D With two-sided rubber cushion
SSG + 2nd stage stroke 75 mm E Stroke (mm)
Total stroke 100 mm (S1) E Stroke E Stroke
=S1 = S2 *3
SSD ø20 to ø63 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.

S1 S2 F Switch model No. F Switch model No.
Reed Contact
CAT Axial Radial Voltage
Indicator
Lead
*5 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
Precautions for model No. selection *6 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
MDC2
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MVC mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be
T1H* T1V*
shipped assembled. 2-wire
*3 : The max. stroke of S2 (1st stage) is 200 mm. T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
SMG *4 : Refer to page 322 for the number of installed T3H* T3V*
3-wire
switches and the min. stroke. T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
MSD/ Proximity
*5 : Switches other than F Switch model No. T2WH* T2WV*
MSDG 2-wire
are also available. (Made to order) T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
FC* Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
*6 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the T3YH* T3YV*
bore size is from ø20 to ø40 and the switch
T2YD* - 2-color LED
STK mounting style is the rail.
for AC magnetic field
2-wire
*7 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the T2YDT* -
temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRL3 instantaneously contact the bellows. * Lead wire length
*8 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom Blank 1 m (standard)
SRG3 specifications of rod end form. 3 3 m (option)
*9 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not
5 5 m (option)
available for the “Z” switch mounting.
SRM3 *10 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. G Switch quantity
*11 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact G Switch quantity G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
CKD if assembling before shipment is necessary.
SRT3 H 1 on head side
D 2
T 3
MRL2 [Example of model No.]
SCM-W-LB-40-D100-T0H-D-D25-T0H-R-JI
MRG2 Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/2-stage H Switch mounting
H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
A Mounting :
Axial foot Z Band method
SM‑25 B Bore size :
ø40 mm
I Option
C Port thread :
Rc thread I Option
ShkAbs D Cushion :
With two-sided rubber cushion *2
E Stroke :
S1=100 mm *7
FJ
D Cushion :
With two-sided rubber cushion *9
E Stroke :
S2=25 mm
F Reed T0H switch,
Switch model No. :
FK P6 Copper and PTFE free
Lead wire 1 m
G Switch quantity : Cylinder 1; 2 pieces included, J Accessory
Spd J Accessory
Contr Cylinder 2; 1 on rod side I Rod eye
H Switch mounting : Rail *10 Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
I Option :
Bellows material for max. ambient temperature at 100°C B2 Clevis bracket
Ending
324
SCM-W Series
How to order
CMA2

page 324) Bore size SCG
Mounting rail only Mounting bracket set + band SCS2

SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40 CKV2
Mounting rail CAV2/

Bore size COVP/N2
(Item B on page 324) SSD2
(*1)
Stroke (*2) SSG
[Switch body only]

SW T0H SSD
length) will be included per switch. CAT
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same Switch model No.
(Item F on page 324) MDC2
MVC
How to order mounting bracket SMG

Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 MSD/
Mounting bracket MSDG
Flange (FA/FB) SCM-FA-20 SCM-FA-25 SCM-FA-32 SCM-FA-40 SCM-FA-50 SCM-FA-63 FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
325
SCM-W Series
SCP*3
Applications
Pressure setting: P2 > P1 P2 = P1 is allowed
CMK2 1st stage push depending on the load direction.
Keeping port 4 pressurized, When using a single acting
4
pressurize port 1. cylinder with free fall load, ports
CMA2 4 32 1
2nd stage push 2 and 4 in the upper figure and
2
Keeping port 1 pressurized, ports 2 and 3 in the lower figure
SCM pressurize port 3. are breathing holes.
3 2 1
SCG
3
P1 2
SCA2 P2
SCS2
CKV2 Internal structure and parts list

CAV2/
COVP/N2
1 2 9 3 4 5 6 7 8
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
1 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 6 Intermediate cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
SMG
2 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 7 Rod packing Nitrile rubber
MSD/ 3 Piston packing Nitrile rubber ø20 to ø25: Stainless steel
MSDG 4 Wear ring Polyacetal resin ø32 to ø63: Steel
5 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy 9 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber
FC*
Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting.
STK
SRL3 Repair parts list

SRG3
ø20 SCM-W-20DK
SRM3 ø25 SCM-W-25DK
ø32 SCM-W-32DK 1 2 3
SRT3 ø40 SCM-W-40DK 4 7 9
ø50 SCM-W-50DK
MRL2 ø63 SCM-W-63DK
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
326
SCM-W Series
Double acting/2-stage
Dimensions SCP*3
Double acting 2-stage Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2
CMA2
MO
X+S1*+S2* SCM
A WF LL+S1*+S2* 2
X + ℓ+S1+S2 MC
QE+S1* SCG
A WF + ℓ GB C 2 GR RD HD RD HD GH
A WF
8-DA 18 T QA 4-EE QD QC QD QB
b SCA2
øMM
øMM
C
P
SCS2
SD
øD
ød
øs
øJ
øJ
KK CKV2
XF + ℓ SD KK MO Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2
Width Across Flats B XF MA 4-MD MB CAV2/
With bellows ø20/ø25 COVP/N2
HD
SSD2
SSG
SSD
In the case of T2W, T3W CAT

GC GD GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 GH MDC2
7.9 RD HD RD HD
a b c d
a c b d
MVC
P1
P3
SMG
P2 10 10 10 10 MSD/
*1: Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches. MSDG
* S1 = Total stroke, S2 = Cylinder 2 stroke
FC*
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN MO QA QB
STK
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 135 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 10
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 135 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 10
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 141 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 10 SRL3
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 156 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 13 12
ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 181 13 12 55 M12 20 17 8 15 12 SRG3
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 181 13 12 69 M14 20 17 8 15 12
Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail SRM3
HD RD
Bore size (mm) QC QD QE SD T WF X XF b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W
T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W SRT3
ø20 19 7 59 14 5 17 172 35 30 30 25.7 (S1/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
ø25 19 7 59 16.5 6 18 177 40 35 30 30.7 (S1/3)+20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 MRL2
ø32 21 7 61 20 6 18 183 40 31.5 35 37.7 (S1/3)+19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
ø40 25 7 66 26 8 20 208 50 40 35 46.7 (S1/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
MRG2
ø50 28 10 78 32 11 23 241 58 46 40 57.7 (S1/3.6)+18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ø63 28 10 78 38 11 23 241 58 46 40 71.7 (S1/3.6)+18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
Bore size (mm) T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ ShkAbs
ø20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°) FJ
ø32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°) FK
ø50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
Ending
327
Double acting/tandem
SCP*3
SCM-W4 Series
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-W4
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/tandem
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar) 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2
COVP/N2
Port size Rc1/8 Rc1/4
-1.0 -1.0
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
CAT
MDC2 Stroke
MVC ø20
ø25
25, 50, 75
SMG ø32
100, 125, 150 600 10
MSD/ ø40
200, 250, 300
MSDG ø50
ø63
FC*
STK
SRM3 ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
‌ or types with one switch, when the stroke is between 10 and 24 mm, the trunnion mounting is not available since the switch rail mounting
Ending *1: F
328
SCM-W4 Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2
CAT
MDC2
MVC
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight Switch weight Added weight Additional weight per Band weight SMG
Bore size (mm) Basic (00) Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc.) /S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (With
switch rail) per switch
ø20 0.10 0.00 0.11 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.01 0.012 0.007 MSD/
MSDG
ø25 0.17 -0.01 0.12 0.03 0.07 0.01 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007
ø32 0.26 0.00 0.16 0.06 0.15 0.03 weight in the 0.018 0.02 0.007 FC*
ø40 0.41 -0.01 0.21 0.07 0.22 0.04 switch 0.03 0.032 0.007
ø50 0.77 -0.01 0.47 0.33 0.39 0.13 specifications. 0.044 0.046 0.008 STK
ø63 1.07 0.02 0.74 0.52 0.70 0.16 0.052 0.054 0.009
SRL3
(1) Product weight when S = 0 mm············ 0.41 kg
(2) Additional weight when S = 100 mm······ 0.032 x 10 =0.32 kg
100
SRG3
(Example) Product weight of SCM-W4-LB-40D-100-T2H-D (3) Weight of 2 switches··························· 0.036 kg
(4) (1) + (2) + (3) should be added············· 0.41 kg+0.32 kg+0.036 kg=0.766 kg SRM3
Product weight (Double (4) and add additional weight)··· 0.766 kgx2+0.21 kg=1.742 kg
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
329
SCM-W4 Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-W4 LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
CMA2 LB 40 T0H Head side flange
SCM-W4 D 100 D J I FB
CA Eye bracket
A Mounting TB Head side trunnion
*1
B Bore size 20 ø20
SCA2 25 ø25
32 ø32
40 ø40
SCS2
50 ø50
63 ø63
CKV2
C Port thread
C Port thread
CAV2/ Blank Rc thread
COVP/N2 N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
SSD2
D Cushion
D Cushion
SSG
E Stroke (mm)
SSD ø20 to ø63 10 to 600 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.

CAT F Switch model No.
Reed Contact
*4 Indicator
MDC2 *5
T1H* T1V*
2-wire
SMG Precautions for model No. selection T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
T3H* T3V*
MSD/ *1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product. 3-wire
MSDG *2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
mounting bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped 2-wire
assembled. T2YH* T2YV*
FC* 2-color LED
*3 : Refer to page 328 for the number of installed T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
switches and the min. stroke. T3YH* T3YV*
STK *4 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are T2YD* - 2-color LED
T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
SRL3 Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore
* Lead wire length
SRG3 style is the rail. Blank 1 m (standard)
*6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 temperature when sparks, cutting chips, etc., 5 5 m (option)
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity
SRT3 specifications of rod end form. R 1 on rod side
*8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not H 1 on head side
available for the “Z” switch mounting. D 2
MRL2 *9 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together.
T 3
*10 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact
CKD if assembling before shipment is necessary. 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
MRG2
H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
SM‑25
SCM-W4-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI Z Band method
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/tandem I Option

I Option
A Mounting : Axial foot Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*2
B Bore size : ø40 mm J Bellows 100°C 200°C
FJ *6
C Port thread : Rc thread L Bellows 250°C 400°C
*8
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion Q Switch rail included at shipment
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m P6 Copper and PTFE free
Spd
Contr G Switch quantity : 2 J Accessory
H Switch mounting : Rail J Accessory
I Rod eye
I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C *9
B2 Clevis bracket
330
SCM-W4 Series
How to order
CMA2

page 330) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail COVP/N2
Bore size
SSD2
(Item B on page 330) (*1)
SSG
Stroke (*2)
SSD
CAT
MVC
SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
FC*
Switch model No.
STK
SRL3
How to order mounting bracket SRG3

Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 SRM3
Mounting bracket
SRT3
Eye bracket (CA) SCM-CA-20 SCM-CA-25 SCM-CA-32 SCM-CA-40 SCM-CA-50 SCM-CA-63 MRL2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
331
SCM-W4 Series
SCP*3
Applications
CMK2
CMA2 Example 1 S1 and S2 are individually piped.
SCM
Example 2 S2 pushing force is increased.

SCG
SCA2
Example 3 S2 pulling force is increased.
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Internal structure and parts list
SSD2
SSG
1 2 8 3 4 5 6 7
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
1 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 5 Intermediate cover Aluminum alloy Hard alumite
MSD/ 2 Cylinder gasket Nitrile rubber 6 Rod packing Nitrile rubber
MSDG 3 Piston packing Nitrile rubber ø20 to ø25: Stainless steel
4 Bush Oil impregnated bearing alloy ø32 to ø63: Steel
FC*
Parts other than the above are the same as the double acting. 8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber
STK
SRL3
Repair parts list
ø20 SCM-W4-20DK
SRG3
ø25 SCM-W4-25DK
ø32 SCM-W4-32DK
SRM3 1 2 3 8
ø40 SCM-W4-40DK
SRT3 ø50 SCM-W4-50DK
ø63 SCM-W4-63DK
MRL2 *1: Specify the kit No. when placing an order.
*2: 6 Rod packing is not included in the repair parts kit since it is not replaceable.
Two 8 cushion rubbers are included in the repair parts kit since only two of the four cushion rubbers are replaceable.
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
332
SCM-W4 Series
Double acting/tandem
Dimensions SCP*3
Double acting tandem Switch mounting: Rail
CMA2
MO
X+2 × stroke SCM
A WF LL + 2 x stroke 2
X + ℓ + 2 x stroke MC
QE + stroke
A WF + ℓ GB
SCG
C 2 GR RD HD GH
A WF
8-DA 18 T QA 4-EE QD QC QB
b SCA2
øMM
øMM
C
P
SCS2
SD
øD
ød
øs
øJ
øJ
KK CKV2
XF + ℓ SD KK MO Width Across Flats B XF MA 4-MD MB
CAV2/
With bellows ø20/ø25 HD COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
GC GD SSD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 In the case of T2W, T3W
7.9 RD HD CAT
a b
a b
P1
MDC2
P3
P2 MVC
10 10
*1: ‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED, SMG
MSD/
MSDG
Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN MO QA QB
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 135 11 11 24 M5 8 6 4 12 10 FC*
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M 10 x 1.25 135 11 11 29 M6 10 8 5 12 10
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M 10 x 1.25 141 11 10 36 M8 12 10 5.5 12 10 STK
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M 14 x 1.5 156 12 10 44 M10 16 14 6 13 12
ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M 18 x 1.5 181 13 12 55 M12 20 17 8 15 12 SRL3
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M 18 x 1.5 181 13 12 69 M14 20 17 8 15 12
With bellows Switch mounting: Rail SRG3
Code
HD RD
QC QD QE SD T WF X XF b d s ℓ P GB T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W SRM3
Bore size (mm) T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W
ø20 19 7 59 14 5 17 172 35 30 30 25.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
ø25 19 7 59 16.5 6 18 177 40 35 30 30.7 (stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 SRT3
ø32 21 7 61 20 6 18 183 40 31.5 35 37.7 (stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
ø40 25 7 66 26 8 20 208 50 40 35 46.7 (stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 MRL2
ø50 28 10 78 32 11 23 241 58 46 40 57.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ø63 28 10 78 38 11 23 241 58 46 40 71.7 (stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 MRG2
Code SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
Bore size (mm) T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
ø20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ShkAbs
ø25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FJ
ø40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
FK
ø50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
ø63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°) Spd
Contr
Ending
333
Double acting/rotation-stop
SCP*3
SCM-M Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications 1 MPa = 10 bar
SCG Item SCM-M
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/rotation-stop
SCS2
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar) 0.05 (≈7.3 psi)
CKV2
0 0
Non-rotating accuracy ° ±1
MDC2
Stroke
MVC Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
ø20
SMG ø25
25, 50, 75
ø32
MSD/ 100, 125, 150 600 10
ø40
MSDG 200, 250, 300
ø50
FC* ø63
STK
SRG3
SRM3
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3
ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2 ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Contr
ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
334
SCM-M Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2
CAT
MDC2
MVC
Bore size Basic Axial foot Flange Clevis Trunnion (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm S = 10 mm (Withswitch rail ) per switch SMG
ø20 0.10 0.21 0.13 0.15 0.11 0.010 0.012 0.007
ø25 0.18 0.31 0.22 0.26 0.20 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
MSDG
ø32 0.27 0.43 0.33 0.42 0.30 weight in the 0.018 0.020 0.007
ø40 0.44 0.66 0.52 0.67 0.49 switch 0.030 0.032 0.007 FC*
ø63 1.15 1.87 1.65 1.83 1.29 0.052 0.054 0.009 STK

100
(Example) Product weight of SCM-M-LB-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight··································0.66 kg+0.32 kg+0.036 kg=1.016 kg
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
(mm) direction 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRG2
Push − 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull − 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102 SM‑25
Push − 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 2
1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull − 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102 ShkAbs
Push − 80.4 1.21x10 2
1.61x10 2
2.41x10 2
3.22x10 2
4.02x10 2
4.83x10 2
5.63x10 2
6.43x10 2
7.24x10 2
8.04x10 2
ø32
Pull − 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 FJ
Push − 1.26x10 2
1.88x10 2
2.51x10 2
3.77x10 2
5.03x10 2
6.28x10 2
7.54x10 2
8.80x10 2
1.01x10 3
1.13x10 3
1.26x10 3
ø40 FK
Push − 1.96x102 2.95x102 3.93x102 5.89x102 7.85x102 9.82x102 1.18x103 1.37x103 1.57x103 1.77x103 1.96x103 Spd
ø50
Pull − 1.65x102 2.47x102 3.30x102 4.95x102 6.60x102 8.25x102 9.90x102 1.15x103 1.32x103 1.48x103 1.65x103 Contr
ø63 Ending
335
SCM-M Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 SCM-M LB 40 D 100 J I LB Axial foot
FA Rod side flange
SCM-M LB 40 D 100 T0H D J I CA Eye bracket
A Mounting TB Head side trunnion
SCG *1 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 ø20
SCA2 25 ø25
32 ø32
SCS2 40 ø40
50 ø50
63 ø63
CKV2
C Port thread
CAV2/ C Port thread Blank Rc thread
COVP/N2 N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
SSD2
D Cushion
SSG
E Stroke (mm)
SSD
CAT F Switch model No.

F Switch model No.
Reed Contact
*4 Indicator
MDC2 *5 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
T1H* T1V*
SMG 2-wire
T3H* T3V*
MSD/ 3-wire
MSDG Precautions for model No. selection
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
*1 : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.
2-wire
FC* T2YH* T2YV*
*2 : If the product is supplied with bellows and the mounting bracket is 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped assembled. 3-wire
STK T3YH* T3YV*
*3 : Refer to page 334 for the number of installed switches and
the min. stroke. T2YD* - 2-color LED
2-wire
T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
SRL3 *4 : Switches other than F Switch model No. are also available.
(Made to order) T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. * Lead wire length
SRG3 *5 : T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size is from ø20
Blank 1 m (standard)
to ø40 and the switch mounting style is the rail.
*6 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature when 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 sparks, cutting chips, etc., instantaneously contact the bellows. 5 5 m (option)
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom specifications of rod G Switch quantity
SRT3 end form. G Switch quantity
*8 : “Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available for the “Z” R 1 on rod side
switch mounting. H 1 on head side
MRL2 *9 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. D 2
*10 : Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if assembling T 3
before shipment is necessary.

SM‑25 H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
SCM-M-LB-40D-100-T0H-D-JI Z Band method
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting/rotation-stop I Option
B Bore size : ø40 mm *2
FJ J Bellows 100°C 200°C
C Port thread : Rc thread *6
D Cushion : With two-sided rubber cushion *7
FK Q Switch rail included at shipment
E Stroke : 100 mm
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m J Accessory
Spd J Accessory I Rod eye
G Switch quantity : 2
Contr *9
H Switch mounting : Rail Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
I Option : Bellows material for max. ambient temperature 100°C B2 Clevis bracket
Ending J Accessory : Rod eye
336
SCM-M Series
How to order
CMA2

page 336) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
Mounting rail
COVP/N2
Bore size
SSD2
(Item B on page 336) (*1)
SSG
Stroke (*2)
SSD

CAT
MVC
[Switch body only]
SMG
SW T0H MSD/
MSDG
Switch model No. FC*

STK
How to order mounting bracket SRL3

Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 SRG3
Mounting bracket
SRM3
SRT3
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting bolts. MRL2
MRG2
Internal structure
SM‑25
Same as standard. Refer to page 236.
ShkAbs
Repair parts list FJ
ø20 SCM-M-20K
FK
ø25 SCM-M-25K
ø32 SCM-M-32K Spd
3 6 8 10 13
ø40 SCM-M-40K Contr
ø50 SCM-M-50K
ø63 SCM-M-63K
Ending
337
SCM-M Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Double acting rotation-stop · Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2 MC X + stroke
X + L + stroke GB A WF LL + stroke 2
RD HD GH
CMA2 A WF + L 8-DA
18 C 2 GR
2-EE
T QA QB
øMM
SCM b
P
SCG
SD
øJ
ød
øs
øJ
øD
SCA2
KK MN (Width across flats)
XF + L
SCS2 SD XF MA 4-MD MB
With bellows
CKV2 Width across flats B
HD
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD · Switch mounting: Band

GC GD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
CAT 7.9 RD HD
a b
a b
MDC2
P1
MVC
SMG
P2
MSD/ 10 10
MSDG
‌ efer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color LED,
*1: R
FC*
STK Bore size (mm) A B C D DA EE GH GR J KK LL MA MB MC MD MM MN QA QB
ø20 18 13 16 26 M4 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 12 M8 69 11 11 24 M5 10 8 12 10
ø25 22 17 20 31 M5 depth 6.5 Rc1/8 17 19 14 M10x1.25 69 11 11 29 M6 12 10 12 10
SRL3
ø32 22 17 20 38 M5 depth 7.5 Rc1/8 17 19 18 M10x1.25 71 11 10 36 M8 12 10 12 10
ø40 30 22 27 47 M6 depth 12 Rc1/8 19 20 25 M14x1.5 78 12 10 44 M10 16 14 13 12
SRG3 ø50 35 27 32 58 M8 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 30 M18x1.5 90 13 12 55 M12 20 18 15 12
ø63 35 27 32 72 M10 depth 16 Rc1/4 22 25 32 M18x1.5 90 13 12 69 M14 20 18 15 12
SRM3 Code With bellows Switch mounting: Rail
HD RD
SRT3 Bore size (mm) SD T WF X XF b d s L P GB
T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W T0/T5 T2/T2R
T3/T3P
T2W
T3W
ø20 14 5 17 106 35 30 30 25.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 19.5 23 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5
MRL2 ø25 16.5 6 18 111 40 35 30 30.7 (Stroke/3) + 20.5 22 24.4 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5
ø32 20 6 18 113 40 31.5 35 37.7 (Stroke/3) + 19 25.5 25 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5
MRG2 ø40 26 8 20 130 50 40 35 46.7 (Stroke/3) + 18.5 30 25.7 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5
ø50 32 11 23 150 58 46 40 57.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 35.5 26.2 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
ø63 38 11 23 150 58 46 40 71.7 (Stroke/3.6) + 18.5 42.5 26.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0
SM‑25
GC GD HD RD
ShkAbs Bore size (mm) P1 P2 P3 Pθ
T2W T2W T2W T2W
T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W T0/T5 T2, T3 T3W
ø20 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
FJ
ø25 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
ø32 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
FK ø40 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
ø50 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Spd
ø63 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Contr
Ending
338
MEMO
SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
SCA2
SCS2
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
SSD2
SSG
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC
SMG
MSD/
MSDG
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Ending
339
Double acting/direct mounting foot
SCP*3
SCM-LD Series
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2
SCM
Specifications
SCG Item SCM-LD
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/direct mounting foot
SCS2
CKV2
0 0
J Allowable absorbed energy J 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.6 1.6
CAT
MDC2
Stroke
MVC ø20
ø25
25, 50, 75
SMG ø32
100, 125, 150 300 10
ø40
MSD/ 200, 250, 300
MSDG ø50
ø63
FC* *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.

SRG3 Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed
ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRM3
ø25 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
SRT3 ø32 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90
MRL2 ø50 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
ø63 10 25 50 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 75 110 110 90
MRG2

ShkAbs (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y* T2, T3 T2W, T3W T*Y*
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FJ ø25 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
FK ø40 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
ø50 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Spd
Contr ø63 10 25 30 35 25 50 55 55 50 75 75 80 70 95 100 100 95
Ending position is different. Refer to page 345 for mounting position.
340
SCM-LD Series
Specifications
1-color/2-color LED
CKV2
COVP/N2
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:61
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:272 SSD2
CAT
MDC2
Item/mounting Weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch weight Additional weight Additional weight Band weight
MVC
Bore size (mm) Basic (per 1 pc) per S = 10 mm per S = 10 mm (with rail) per switch
SMG
ø20 0.14 0.010 0.012 0.007
ø25 0.22 Refer to the 0.014 0.016 0.007 MSD/
ø32 0.34 weight in the 0.018 0.020 0.007 MSDG
ø40 0.56 switch 0.030 0.032 0.007 FC*
ø50 1.04 specifications. 0.044 0.046 0.008
ø63 1.46 0.052 0.054 0.009 STK

100
Additional weight when S = 100 mm······0.032 x 10 =0.32 kg
(Example) Product weight of SCM-LD-40D-100-T2H-D
Product weight··································0.56 kg + 0.32 kg + 0.036 kg=0.916 kg
SRM3
SRT3

MRL2
(mm) direction 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRG2
Push − 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull − 26.4 39.6 52.8 79.2 1.06x102 1.32x102 1.58x102 1.85x102 2.11x102 2.38x102 2.64x102 SM‑25
Push − 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 2
1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull − 41.2 61.9 82.5 1.24x102 1.65x102 2.06x102 2.47x102 2.89x102 3.30x102 3.71x102 4.12x102 ShkAbs
Push − 80.4 1.21x10 2
1.61x10 2
2.41x10 2
3.22x10 2
4.02x10 2
4.83x10 2
5.63x10 2
6.43x10 2
7.24x10 2
8.04x10 2
ø32 FJ
Pull − 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push − 1.26x10 2
1.88x10 2
2.51x10 2
3.77x10 2
5.03x10 2
6.28x10 2
7.54x10 2
8.80x10 2
1.01x10 3
1.13x10 3
1.26x10 3
ø40 FK
ø50
Pull 82.5 1.65x102 2.47x102 3.30x102 4.95x102 6.60x102 8.25x102 9.90x102 1.15x103 1.32x103 1.48x103 1.65x103 Contr
ø63 Ending
341
SCM-LD Series
SCP*3
A Mounting
LD Direct mounting foot
CMK2 SCM-LD 40 D 100 M I
B Bore size (mm)
CMA2 20 ø20
SCM-LD 40 D 100 T0H D M I 25 ø25
SCM 32 ø32
40 ø40
SCG A Mounting
50 ø50
B Bore size
63 ø63
SCA2
C Port thread
C Port thread
SCS2 Blank Rc thread
CKV2 G G thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/ D Cushion
D Cushion
COVP/N2 D With two-sided rubber cushion
SSD2 E Stroke (mm)

E Stroke
SSG ø20 to ø63 10 to 300 In 1 mm increments
F Switch model No.
SSD F Switch model No.
Contact
*2 Indicator
*3 lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
CAT
Reed
MDC2
MVC T1H* T1V*

2-wire
SMG T3H* T3V*
3-wire
MSD/
Proximity
T2WH* T2WV*
MSDG 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
FC* T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
Precautions for model No. selection T3YH* T3YV*
STK T2YD* -
*1 :·Refer to page 340 for the min. stroke with switch. 2-color LED
2-wire
*2 :·Switches other than F Switch model No. are also T2YDT* - AC magnetic field
SRL3 available. (Made to order) T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
·Refer to Ending Page 1 for details. * Lead wire length
SRG3 *3 :·T8H/V switches cannot be mounted when the bore size is
from ø20 to ø40 and the switch mounting style is the rail. Blank 1 m (standard)
*4 :·Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom specifications 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 of rod end form.
*5 :·“Q” (switch rail enclosed at shipment) is not available for the 5 5 m (option)
SRT3 “Z” switch mounting.
*6 :·“I” and “Y” cannot be selected together.
G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity
*7 :·Switches are shipped with the product. Contact CKD if R 1 on rod side
MRL2 assembling before shipment is necessary. H 1 on head side
D 2
MRG2 T 3
[Example of model No.] 4 4 (when there are more than 4 switches, indicate switch quantity.)
SM‑25
SCM-LD-40D-100-T0H-D-MI H Switch mounting
H Switch mounting
Blank Rail method
ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder double acting/direct mounting foot
A Mounting : Direct mounting foot Z Band method
B Bore size : ø40 mm
FJ I Option
C Port thread : Rc thread I Option
*5 Q Switch rail included at shipment
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m P6 Copper and PTFE free (made-to-order product)
Spd
G Switch quantity : 2
Contr J Accessory
H Switch mounting : Rail J Accessory
I Option : Piston rod material (stainless steel) I Rod eye
Ending *6
J Accessory : Rod eye Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
342
SCM-LD Series
How to order
CMA2
Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No.

SCM
page 342) SCG
Bore size
SCS2
CKV2
SCM T 40 100 SCM Z 40
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Mounting rail
Bore size
(*1) SSG
Stroke (*2)
SSD
*2: If indicating X when ordering mounting rails only, order the same
MDC2
MVC
[Switch body only]
SMG
SW T0H
MSD/
MSDG
Switch model No.
FC*
STK
SRL3
SRG3
SRM3
SRT3
MRL2
MRG2
SM‑25
ShkAbs
FJ
FK
Spd
Contr
Internal structure
Ending
Same as standard. Refer to page 236.
343
SCM-LD Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Double acting/direct mounting foot Switch mounting: Rail
CMK2 MN (Width Across Flats)
CMA2
SCM MO
X + stroke
SCG A WF LL + stroke 2
LS C GR RD HD GH
SCA2 QB
2-LE LR T QA
2-EE
18 LB
SCS2
A WF
CKV2 øMM
øMM
C
P
CAV2/
LS
øD
øJ
COVP/N2
LH
KK
SSD2 KK MO
SSG 2-øLD LF
ø20/ø25 HD
SSD
CAT
MDC2
MVC In the case of T2W, T3W
GC GD
SMG (Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
MSD/ 7.9 RD HD
a b
MSDG a b
FC*
P1
P3
STK
SRL3 10 10
P2
SRG3 *1:‌Refer to page 345 for RD, HD and protruding dimensions of the 2-color
LED, off-delay, AC magnetic field proof, T1H/V and T8H/V switches.
SRM3 Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions
Bore size
A B C D EE GH GR J KK LL MM MN MO QA QB T WF X LB LD LE LF LH LR
SRT3 (mm)
ø20 18 13 16 26 Rc1/8 17 27 12 M8 77 8 6 4 20 10 5 9 106 11 5.5 9.5 spot face depth 5.4 20 15 18
MRL2 ø25 22 17 20 31 Rc1/8 17 27 14 M 10 x 1.25 77 10 8 5 20 10 6 10 111 12 6.6 11 spot face depth 6.5 22 18 22
ø32 22 17 20 38 Rc1/8 17 32 18 M 10 x 1.25 84 12 10 5.5 25 10 6 10 118 13 9 14 spot face depth 8.6 23 21 24
MRG2 ø40 30 22 27 47 Rc1/8 19 36 25 M 14 x 1.5 94 16 14 6 29 12 8 9 135 16 11 17.5 spot face depth 10.8 25 26 32
ø50 35 27 32 58 Rc1/4 22 43 30 M 18 x 1.5 108 20 17 8 33 12 11 10 155 17 14 20 spot face depth 13 27 32 41
SM‑25 ø63 35 27 32 72 Rc1/4 22 48 32 M 18 x 1.5 113 20 17 8 38 12 11 10 160 19 18 26 spot face depth 17.5 29 38 46
Code Switch mounting: Rail Switch mounting: Band
ShkAbs Bore size HD RD GC GD HD RD
LS P T2/T2R T2W T2/T2R T2W T2W T2W T2W T2W P1 P2 P3 Pθ
(mm) T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T3/T3P T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W T0/T5 T2,T3 T3W
FJ ø20 30 19.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 3.5 3.5 5.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 19.6 21.5 14 (38°)
ø25 36 22 2.0 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 22.1 23.9 14 (34°)
FK ø32 42 25.5 3.0 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 2.5 2.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 8.5 9.5 9.5 11.5 25.6 27.6 16 (30°)
ø40 52 30 5.0 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 7.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 30.2 32.1 16 (26°)
Spd
ø50 64 35.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 35.7 37.4 16 (22°)
Contr
ø63 76 42.5 7.5 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 9.0 9.0 11.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 42.7 44.4 16 (20°)
Ending
344
SCM Series
Common to SCM Series
Switch rail installation position (rail installation position for stroke of 10 mm and over and less than 25 mm with 1 switch) SCP*3
CMK2
CMA2
SCM
SCG
1. The switch rail is mounted at the position inclined by 90˚ from the standard position. SCA2
2. Trunnion mounting is not available because the switch rail and the bracket interfere with each other.
3. ‌When combining one cylinder with stroke of 10 and over and less than 25 and the other one with stroke of
25 and over for variations B and W, the installation position of the switch rail is as shown in the figure above SCS2
such that the cylinders 1 and 2 are placed at 90˚ to each other.
CKV2
Switch mounting: Rail 2-color LED, AC magnetic field, off-delay, T1H/V, T8H/V switches mounted, dimensions of protruding section CAV2/
COVP/N2
SCM-* T2YH/V, T3YH/V, T2JH/V, T8H/V SCM-* T2YD*, T1H/V
SSD2
RD HD RD HD
SSG
FA
SSD
FA
CAT
MDC2
FA RD HD
Bore size
T*YH, T8H T*YV, T8V T*YH/V, T1H/V, T*YH/V, T1H/V, MVC
(mm) T2YD*, T1H T1V T8H/V T8H/V
T2JH T2JV T2JH/V, T2YD* T2JH/V, T2YD*
ø20 24 27 29.5 32.5 6.5 1.5 5.5 0.5 SMG
ø25 26.5 29.5 32 35 7.5 2.5 4.5 0
ø32 30 33 35.5 38.5 8.5 3.5 5.5 0.5 MSD/
MSDG
ø40 34.5 37.5 40 43 10.5 5.5 7.5 2.5
ø50 40 43 45.5 48.5 12 7 10 5 FC*
ø63 47 50 52.5 55.5 12 7 10 5
ø80 55.5 58.5 61 64 19 14 12 7 STK
ø100 66 69 71.5 74.5 18.5 13.5 12.5 7.5
SRL3
Switch mounting: Band 2-color LED switches mounted, AC magnetic field, off-delay, T1H/V, T8H/V switches, dimensions of protruding section
SRG3
SCM-* T2YH/V, T3YH/V, T2YH/V, T8H/V SCM-* T2YD*, T1H/V
RD HD SRM3
(Pθ) RD HD
(Pθ) GR 30.5 30.5 GH
GR 30.5 30.5 GH
8 a b
8
a b SRT3
a b
a b
P1
P1
MRL2
P3
P3
10 MRG2
P2 10
10 10
P2
SM‑25
P1 RD HD
Bore size
T*YH, T8H T*YV, T8V T*YH/V, T1H/V, T*YH/V, T1H/V,
(mm) T2YD*, T1H T1V T8H/V T8H/V ShkAbs
T2JH T2JV T2JH/V, T2YD* T2JH/V, T2YD*
ø20 25.4 28.4 30.4 33.4 6.5 1.5 5.5 0.5
FJ
ø25 27.9 30.9 32.9 35.9 7.5 2.5 4.5 0
ø32 31.4 34.4 36.4 39.4 8.5 3.5 5.5 0.5
FK
ø40 36 39 41 44 10.5 5.5 7.5 2.5
ø50 41.5 44.5 46.5 49.5 12 7 10 5 Spd
ø63 48.5 51.5 53.5 56.5 12 7 10 5 Contr
ø80 57 60 62 65 19 14 12 7
ø100 67.5 70.5 72.5 75.5 18.5 13.5 12.5 7.5
Ending
345

SCM Series Specifications・How to Order・Dimensions (2MB)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SCM Series Specifications・How to Order・Dimensions (2MB)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Round shaped cylinder Double acting/single rod

ShkAbs Switch quantity 1 2 3 4 5

for the “Z” switch mounting.

[Example of model No.] Switch mounting

ShkAbs Model: Round shaped cylinder, double acting

Switch model No.

SRG3 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 11 Piston gasket Nitrile rubber

ø50 to ø100 CAV2/

X + ℓ + stroke Air cushion

MSD/ With bellows ø20/ø25

[With air cushion] · Switch mounting: Band SSD

SSG In the case of

MSD/ [With bellows ø80/ø100]

SSD2 [With bellows]

CKV2 [With bellows]

FC* Code Eye bracket (CA) Basic dimensions

SCM CA + ℓ + stroke 40 31 108 + stroke CF CY

MVC In the case of T2W, T3W

· Switch mounting: Band

CK + ℓ + stroke 40 31 LL + stroke CF CY SCM

In the case of T2W, T3W MVC

TF + ℓ Width Across Flats B TF TG + stroke

CAV2/ [With bellows]

SSD2 Switch mounting: Band HD

In the case of T2W, T3W

In the case of T2W, T3W

No.2 bracket CAT

STK Number of installed switches and min. stroke (mm)

ø20 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

MRL2 Switch mounting: Band

Cylinder weight MDC2

SCM T2H* 40 Z SCM Z 40 SSD

Switch model No. STK

Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SM‑25

ø25 58 1.07x102 1.56x102 2.05x102 2.54x102 3.03x102 3.52x102 4.02x102 4.51x102 FJ

SSD2 Repair parts list

In the case of T2W, T3W MDC2

Stroke 51 to 100 (Unit: kg) STK

Stroke 101 to 150 (Unit: kg)

SSD Precautions for model No. selection F Switch model No.

Internal structure and parts list SRL3

Repair parts list FJ

CAT In the case of T2W, T3W

Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) MVC

CAT G Switch model No.

Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No. SCM

How to order mounting bracket MSD/

MSD/ ø20 to ø40: Aluminum alloy

Switch mounting: Band SSG

MRL2 ø40 10 25 50 70 70 55 55 70 70 55 75 110 110 90

Switch mounting: Band

Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)

SCM B Bore size (mm)

SSD2 E Stroke (mm)

A Mounting : Axial foot

Switch model No. Bore size Switch model No. SCM

[Switch body only] SMG

KK Width Across Flats B RE HD CKV2

Switch mounting: Band

CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 120 (248°F)

CMK2 SCM-T LB 40 D 100 L I

ø80 SCM-T-80K 10 13 16 Spd

CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 120 (248°F)

CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)

*1:Indicate X if the stroke exceeds 300 mm. If exceeding 300 mm, a

*1: Indicate X if the stroke exceeds 300 mm.